--- guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1.orig/debian/compat +++ guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1/debian/compat @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +5 --- guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1.orig/debian/changelog +++ guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1/debian/changelog @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +guile-1.8-non-dfsg (1.8.5+1-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Incorporate new upstream stable release. + + -- Rob Browning Sat, 10 May 2008 12:42:10 -0700 + +guile-1.8-non-dfsg (1.8.4+1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Incorporate new upstream stable release. + + -- Rob Browning Sat, 23 Feb 2008 15:02:22 -0800 + +guile-1.8-non-dfsg (1.8.3+1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Incorporate new upstream stable release. + + -- Rob Browning Thu, 22 Nov 2007 10:50:30 -0800 + +guile-1.8-non-dfsg (1.8.2+1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Incorporate new upstream stable release. (closes: #435548) + + -- Rob Browning Sat, 25 Aug 2007 15:25:17 -0700 + +guile-1.8-non-dfsg (1.8.1+1-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Add build dependency on texinfo. Thanks to Andreas Jochens. + (closes: #396901) + + -- Rob Browning Sun, 4 Mar 2007 17:38:57 -0800 + +guile-1.8-non-dfsg (1.8.1+1-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New package: in accordance with the recent General Resolution + (http://www.debian.org/vote/2006/vote_001), move all non-DFSG files to + new packages that will be included in Debian's non-free section. + + -- Rob Browning Sun, 8 Oct 2006 19:21:48 -0700 --- guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1.orig/debian/guile-doc.info +++ guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1/debian/guile-doc.info @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# Add any changes to guile-doc.install as well. +debian/tmp/usr/share/info/goops-1.8.* +debian/tmp/usr/share/info/guile-1.8.* --- guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1.orig/debian/guile-doc.install +++ guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1/debian/guile-doc.install @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# Add any changes to guile-doc.info as well. +debian/tmp/usr/share/info/goops-1.8.* usr/share/info +debian/tmp/usr/share/info/guile-1.8.* usr/share/info --- guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1.orig/debian/copyright +++ guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1/debian/copyright @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + +This Debian package contains the parts of GNU Guile that cannot go +into Debian main because their licenses do not satisfy the Debian Free +Software Guidelines (DFSG). + +The original upstream source was downloaded from +ftp.gnu.org/pub/guile. + +Most of Guile is covered under the terms of the LGPL. See the file +/usr/share/common-licenses/LGPL for more information. However, this +package contains files which were deemed unsuitable for Debian main +because their licenses do not appear to satisfy the requirements of +the Debian Free Software Guidelines (DFSG). See +http://www.debian.org/social_contract. + +In particular, the info pages included in this package are covered +under the GNU Free Documentation License, which Debian has decided +does not satisfy the DFSG in cases where "Invariant Sections" are +specified (this includes front and back cover texts). See this +Debian General Resolution on the topic: +http://www.debian.org/vote/2006/vote_001. + +Some other files are included here because their license only allows +verbatim copying, or there was some other question. + +See the "GNU Free Documentation License" node in the Guile Reference +manual ("info guile-1.8") for the full text of the GFDL. --- guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1.orig/debian/rules +++ guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1/debian/rules @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +#!/usr/bin/make -f +# debian/rules file for Guile non-dfsg. +# +# This file was derived from a public domain file, originally written +# by Joey Hess (from file included in examples in debhelper package). +# +# You can build any of the binary packages independantly, via +# binary- targets. + +SHELL := /bin/bash + +# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. +#export DH_VERBOSE := 1 + +# This has to be exported to make some magic below work. +export DH_OPTIONS + +deb_src_maj_ver := 1 +deb_src_min_ver := 8 +deb_src_mic_ver := 5 +deb_src_rev := 1 + +upstream_ver := $(deb_src_maj_ver).$(deb_src_min_ver).$(deb_src_mic_ver) + +ifdef deb_src_rev + deb_src_ver := $(upstream_ver)+$(deb_src_rev) +else + deb_src_ver := $(upstream_ver) +endif + +deb_src_eff_ver := $(deb_src_maj_ver).$(deb_src_min_ver) +deb_pkg_basename := guile-$(deb_src_eff_ver) + +deb_src_pkg := $(deb_pkg_basename)-non-dfsg +PACKAGE := $(deb_src_pkg) + +deb_src_archive := $(deb_src_pkg)_$(deb_src_ver).orig.tar.gz +deb_src_archive_dir := guile-$(upstream_ver)-non-dfsg + +deb_doc_pkg := $(deb_pkg_basename)-doc-non-dfsg + +deb_trash := + +# If we ever need it, we can create a copy that doesn't assume ./debian/ +define deb_sub + perl -p \ + -e "s|\@UPSTREAM_VER\@|$(upstream_ver)|go;" \ + -e "s|\@DEB_SRC_VER\@|$(deb_src_ver)|go;" \ + -e "s|\@DEB_SRC_MAJ_VER\@|$(deb_src_maj_ver)|go;" \ + -e "s|\@DEB_SRC_MIN_VER\@|$(deb_src_min_ver)|go;" \ + -e "s|\@DEB_SRC_MIC_VER\@|$(deb_src_mic_ver)|go;" \ + -e "s|\@DEB_SRC_EFF_VER\@|$(deb_src_eff_ver)|go;" \ + -e "s|\@DEB_PKG_BASENAME\@|$(deb_pkg_basename)|go;" \ + < debian/$(1) > debian/$(2) +endef + +# These are used for cross-compiling and for saving the configure script +# from having to guess our platform (since we know it already) +DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE) +DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) + +quilt := QUILT_PATCHES=debian/patches quilt + +ifneq (,$(findstring debug,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS))) + CFLAGS += -g +endif +ifeq (,$(findstring nostrip,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS))) + INSTALL_PROGRAM += -s +endif + +configure_args = \ + --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE) \ + --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \ + --prefix=/usr + +# It looks like Debian's packaging tools can't handle an empty file, +# so we use need-empty-autofiles-diff (non-empty) to know when we +# should create an empty autofiles.diff. + +define checkdir + @if ! test -e debian/patches/autofiles.diff; \ + then \ + if test -e debian/need-empty-autofiles-diff; \ + then \ + touch debian/patches/autofiles.diff; \ + else \ + echo; \ + echo "The Debian autofiles patch is not available."; \ + echo "Please run this command:"; \ + echo " debian/rules autofiles-sync"; \ + echo; \ + false; \ + fi; \ + fi + dh_testdir debian/patches/handle-dfsg-split.diff + @if ! test -f doc/ref/guile.texi; \ + then \ + echo; \ + echo -n "The upstream source does not appear to be available."; \ + echo " Please put the contents"; \ + echo -n "of $(deb_src_archive) into the"; \ + echo " current directory."; \ + echo; \ + false; \ + fi +endef + +define patch + $(quilt) push -a + if test -e ./configure; then chmod u+x configure; fi + cd doc/goops && ln -sf goops.texi goops-1.8.texi + cd doc/ref && ln -sf guile.texi guile-1.8.texi +endef + +deb_trash += doc/goops/goops-1.8.texi +deb_trash += doc/ref/guile-1.8.texi + +define unpatch + test -z "$$($(quilt) applied)" || $(quilt) pop -a + rm -f debian/stamp/patch + rm -rf .pc +endef + +define cleanup_all + # this goes first so we clean using patched code + rm -f debian/stamp/build + -$(MAKE) clean + rm -f debian/stamp/config + # clean up new info files to keep them out of the debian diff + -$(MAKE) -C doc/ref maintainer-clean-aminfo + -$(MAKE) -C doc/goops maintainer-clean-aminfo + -$(MAKE) distclean + dh_clean + $(unpatch) + # now clean up everything else (mostly ./debian related stuff) + find -name '*~' | xargs --no-run-if-empty rm -f + rm -rf $(deb_trash) + test ! -e debian/stamp || rmdir debian/stamp +endef + +define update_debian_autofiles_quilt + $(cleanup_all) + # Make sure autofiles.diff exists, otherwise patching will fail. + # Also, start from scratch so that changed files (i.e. new upstream source) + # won't cause the attempt to apply the old patch to fail. + echo -n > debian/patches/autofiles.diff; + $(patch) + test "$$($(quilt) top)" = autofiles.diff + $(quilt) pop + mkdir -p debian/tmp-autofiles/old + tar cpSf - --exclude ./debian --exclude ./.pc . \ + | tar -C debian/tmp-autofiles/old -xpSf - + cp -a debian/tmp-autofiles/old debian/tmp-autofiles/new + # rm aclocal.m4 so it doesn't confuse newer autoconfs, but touch it + # so ./Makefile won't be upset if it's not recreated (b/c not needed). + #cd debian/tmp-autofiles/new && rm -f aclocal.m4 + #cd debian/tmp-autofiles/new && touch aclocal.m4 + + cd debian/tmp-autofiles/new && autoreconf -i --force + cd debian/tmp-autofiles/new && rm -rf autom4te.cache + cd debian/tmp-autofiles && diff -ruN old new > new.diff; \ + test $$? -eq 0 -o $$? -eq 1 + if test -s debian/tmp-autofiles/new.diff; \ + then \ + $(quilt) import -f -P autofiles.diff debian/tmp-autofiles/new.diff; \ + rm -f debian/need-empty-autofiles-diff; \ + else \ + echo yes > debian/need-empty-autofiles-diff; \ + echo -n > debian/patches/autofiles.diff; \ + fi + $(patch) + $(quilt) refresh --no-timestamps autofiles.diff + $(cleanup_all) +endef +deb_trash += debian/tmp-autofiles + +# we don't sync this automatically on clean because it's expensive and +# should only be done by a maintainer with time to deal with any mess +# it might create. +autofiles-sync: + $(update_debian_autofiles_quilt) +.PHONY: autofiles-sync + +.PHONY: check-diff +check-diff: + $(checkdir) + $(cleanup_all) + test -r ../$(deb_src_archive) + rm -rf debian/tmp-diff && mkdir debian/tmp-diff + cd debian/tmp-diff && tar xzpSf ../../../$(deb_src_archive) + cd debian/tmp-diff && mv $(deb_src_archive_dir) orig + + mkdir debian/tmp-diff/new + tar cpf - --exclude './debian' --exclude './.pc' . \ + | (cd debian/tmp-diff/new && tar xpf -) + + @echo + @echo "########################################" + @echo "### Diffs outside ./debian" + @cd debian/tmp-diff && diff -ruN orig new + @echo "########################################" + @echo "### Empty file list differences" + @diff -u \ + <(cd debian/tmp-diff/orig && find -size 0) \ + <(cd debian/tmp-diff/new && find -size 0) \ + > debian/tmp-diff/empty-files.diff || test $$? -eq 1 + @cat debian/tmp-diff/empty-files.diff + @test ! -s debian/tmp-diff/empty-files.diff || false + @echo "########################################" + @rm -rf debian/tmp-diff + +deb_trash += debian/tmp-diff + +buildpackage: + $(checkdir) + dpkg-buildpackage -D -us -uc -rfakeroot -i'\.git|\.pc' +.PHONY: buildpackage + +.PHONY: check-vars +check-vars: + @echo deb_src_ver: $(deb_src_ver) + @echo deb_src_maj_ver: $(deb_src_maj_ver) + @echo deb_src_min_ver: $(deb_src_min_ver) + @echo deb_src_mic_ver: $(deb_src_mic_ver) + @echo deb_pkg_basenmae: $(deb_pkg_basename) + @echo deb_src_archive: $(deb_src_archive) + @echo deb_src_archive_dir: $(deb_src_archive_dir) + +debian/stamp/patch: + $(checkdir) + $(patch) + mkdir -p $(dir $@) && touch $@ + +.PHONY: update-debhelper-files +update-debhelper-files: + # guile-doc + $(call deb_sub,guile-doc.info,$(deb_doc_pkg).info) + $(call deb_sub,guile-doc.install,$(deb_doc_pkg).install) + +deb_trash += debian/$(deb_doc_pkg).info +deb_trash += debian/$(deb_doc_pkg).install + +debian/stamp/config: debian/stamp/patch + ./configure ${configure_args} + mkdir -p $(dir $@) && touch $@ + +build: debian/stamp/build +debian/stamp/build: debian/stamp/config + $(checkdir) + $(MAKE) + unset SHELL && $(MAKE) check + mkdir -p $(dir $@) && touch $@ + +clean: + $(checkdir) + dh_testroot + $(cleanup_all) + +deb_guile_bin_path := /usr/bin/guile-$(deb_src_eff_ver) + +install: DH_OPTIONS= +install: build + $(checkdir) + $(MAKE) -f debian/rules update-debhelper-files + dh_testroot + dh_clean -k + dh_installdirs + $(MAKE) DESTDIR=$(CURDIR)/debian/tmp install + dh_install --fail-missing + + +# This single target is used to build all the packages, all at once, or +# one at a time. So keep in mind: any options passed to commands here will +# affect _all_ packages. Anything you want to only affect one package +# should be put in another target, such as the install target. +binary-common: + $(checkdir) + dh_testroot + dh_installchangelogs + dh_installdocs + dh_installexamples + dh_installmenu +# dh_installdebconf +# dh_installlogrotate +# dh_installemacsen +# dh_installpam +# dh_installmime +# dh_installinit + dh_installman +# dh_installcron + dh_installinfo + # handle http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=337215 + perl -wpi -e 's/\\Q//gmo; s/\\E//gmo' \ + debian/guile-1.8-doc-non-dfsg.postinst.debhelper + dh_strip + dh_link + dh_compress + dh_fixperms + dh_makeshlibs + dh_installdeb +# dh_perl + dh_shlibdeps + dh_gencontrol + dh_md5sums + dh_builddeb + +# Build architecture independant packages using the common target. +binary-indep: build install + $(MAKE) -f debian/rules DH_OPTIONS=-i binary-common + +# Build architecture dependant packages using the common target. +binary-arch: build install + $(MAKE) -f debian/rules DH_OPTIONS=-a binary-common + +# Any other binary targets build just one binary package at a time. +binary-%: build install + make -f debian/rules binary-common DH_OPTIONS=-p$* + +#binary: binary-indep binary-arch +binary: binary-indep +.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install --- guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1.orig/debian/control +++ guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1/debian/control @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Source: guile-1.8-non-dfsg +Section: non-free/interpreters +Priority: optional +Maintainer: Rob Browning +Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 4), quilt, guile-1.8-dev, texinfo +Standards-Version: 3.2.1.0 + +Package: guile-1.8-doc-non-dfsg +Architecture: all +Section: non-free/doc +Description: Reference documentation for Guile 1.8 (non-DFSG items) + This package contains the Guile documentation that is not compliant + with the Debian Free Software Guidelines. In particular, this + includes the reference manual, which is covered under the GFDL and + specifies invariant sections (front and back cover texts). See + http://www.debian.org/vote/2006/vote_001 for more information. + . + This package also includes the GOOPS documentation which is covered + under a license which only allows verbatim copying. + . + Guile is a Scheme implementation designed for real world programming, + providing a rich Unix interface, a module system, an interpreter, and + many extension languages. Guile can be used as a standard #! style + interpreter, via #!/usr/bin/guile, or as an extension language for + other applications via libguile. --- guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1.orig/debian/patches/series +++ guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1/debian/patches/series @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +version-info-pages.diff +handle-dfsg-split.diff +autofiles.diff --- guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1.orig/debian/patches/version-info-pages.diff +++ guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1/debian/patches/version-info-pages.diff @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +Index: sid-non-dfsg/doc/ref/guile.texi +=================================================================== +--- sid-non-dfsg.orig/doc/ref/guile.texi 2006-10-08 14:30:22.000000000 -0700 ++++ sid-non-dfsg/doc/ref/guile.texi 2006-10-08 14:30:36.000000000 -0700 +@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ + \input texinfo + @c -*-texinfo-*- + @c %**start of header +-@setfilename guile.info ++@setfilename guile-1.8.info + @settitle Guile Reference Manual + @set guile + @set MANUAL-EDITION 1.1 +@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ + + @dircategory The Algorithmic Language Scheme + @direntry +-* Guile Reference: (guile). The Guile reference manual. ++* Guile Reference: (guile-1.8). The Guile reference manual. + @end direntry + + @setchapternewpage odd +Index: sid-non-dfsg/doc/goops/Makefile.am +=================================================================== +--- sid-non-dfsg.orig/doc/goops/Makefile.am 2006-10-08 14:30:22.000000000 -0700 ++++ sid-non-dfsg/doc/goops/Makefile.am 2006-10-08 14:30:36.000000000 -0700 +@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ + + AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu + +-info_TEXINFOS = goops.texi ++info_TEXINFOS = goops-1.8.texi + + goops_TEXINFOS = goops-tutorial.texi \ + hierarchy.eps hierarchy.png hierarchy.txt hierarchy.pdf +Index: sid-non-dfsg/doc/goops/goops.texi +=================================================================== +--- sid-non-dfsg.orig/doc/goops/goops.texi 2006-10-08 14:30:22.000000000 -0700 ++++ sid-non-dfsg/doc/goops/goops.texi 2006-10-08 14:30:36.000000000 -0700 +@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ + \input texinfo + @c -*-texinfo-*- + @c %**start of header +-@setfilename goops.info ++@setfilename goops-1.8.info + @settitle Goops Manual + @set goops + @setchapternewpage odd +@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ + + @dircategory The Algorithmic Language Scheme + @direntry +-* GOOPS: (goops). The GOOPS reference manual. ++* GOOPS: (goops-1.8). The GOOPS reference manual. + @end direntry + + @macro goops +Index: sid-non-dfsg/doc/ref/Makefile.am +=================================================================== +--- sid-non-dfsg.orig/doc/ref/Makefile.am 2006-10-08 14:31:51.000000000 -0700 ++++ sid-non-dfsg/doc/ref/Makefile.am 2006-10-08 14:31:55.000000000 -0700 +@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ + + AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu + +-info_TEXINFOS = guile.texi ++info_TEXINFOS = guile-1.8.texi + + guile_TEXINFOS = preface.texi \ + intro.texi \ --- guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1.orig/debian/patches/autofiles.diff +++ guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1/debian/patches/autofiles.diff @@ -0,0 +1,17791 @@ +Index: sid-non-dfsg/Makefile.in +=================================================================== +--- /dev/null ++++ sid-non-dfsg/Makefile.in +@@ -0,0 +1,579 @@ ++# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. ++# @configure_input@ ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, ++# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without ++# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A ++# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ++ ++@SET_MAKE@ ++VPATH = @srcdir@ ++pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ ++pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ ++pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ ++am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd ++install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 ++install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c ++install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c ++INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) ++transform = $(program_transform_name) ++NORMAL_INSTALL = : ++PRE_INSTALL = : ++POST_INSTALL = : ++NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : ++PRE_UNINSTALL = : ++POST_UNINSTALL = : ++subdir = . ++DIST_COMMON = $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ ++ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/configure COPYING.LESSER \ ++ install-sh mdate-sh missing texinfo.tex ++ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 ++am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in ++am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ ++ $(ACLOCAL_M4) ++am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ ++ configure.lineno config.status.lineno ++mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d ++CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = ++SOURCES = ++DIST_SOURCES = ++RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ ++ html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ ++ install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ ++ install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ ++ install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ ++ installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ ++ ps-recursive uninstall-recursive ++RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ ++ distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive ++ETAGS = etags ++CTAGS = ctags ++DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) ++DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ++distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) ++top_distdir = $(distdir) ++am__remove_distdir = \ ++ { test ! -d $(distdir) \ ++ || { find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ ++ && rm -fr $(distdir); }; } ++DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz ++GZIP_ENV = --best ++distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print ++distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print ++ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ++AMTAR = @AMTAR@ ++AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ ++AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ ++AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ ++AWK = @AWK@ ++CC = @CC@ ++CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ ++CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ ++CPP = @CPP@ ++CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ ++CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ ++DEFS = @DEFS@ ++DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ++ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ++ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ++ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ ++EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ ++INSTALL = @INSTALL@ ++INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ ++INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ ++INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ ++INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ ++LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ ++LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ ++LIBS = @LIBS@ ++LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ ++MAINT = @MAINT@ ++MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ ++MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ ++OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ ++PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ ++PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ ++PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ ++PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ ++PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ ++PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ ++PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ ++SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ ++SHELL = @SHELL@ ++STRIP = @STRIP@ ++VERSION = @VERSION@ ++abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ ++abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ ++abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ ++abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ++ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ++am__include = @am__include@ ++am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ ++am__quote = @am__quote@ ++am__tar = @am__tar@ ++am__untar = @am__untar@ ++bindir = @bindir@ ++build_alias = @build_alias@ ++builddir = @builddir@ ++datadir = @datadir@ ++datarootdir = @datarootdir@ ++docdir = @docdir@ ++dvidir = @dvidir@ ++exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ ++have_makeinfo = @have_makeinfo@ ++host_alias = @host_alias@ ++htmldir = @htmldir@ ++includedir = @includedir@ ++infodir = @infodir@ ++install_sh = @install_sh@ ++libdir = @libdir@ ++libexecdir = @libexecdir@ ++localedir = @localedir@ ++localstatedir = @localstatedir@ ++mandir = @mandir@ ++mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ ++oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ ++pdfdir = @pdfdir@ ++prefix = @prefix@ ++program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ ++psdir = @psdir@ ++sbindir = @sbindir@ ++sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ ++srcdir = @srcdir@ ++sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ ++target_alias = @target_alias@ ++top_builddir = @top_builddir@ ++top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ ++AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 ++SUBDIRS = doc ++EXTRA_DIST = LICENSE ++all: all-recursive ++ ++.SUFFIXES: ++am--refresh: ++ @: ++$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) ++ @for dep in $?; do \ ++ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ ++ *$$dep*) \ ++ echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign '; \ ++ cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \ ++ && exit 0; \ ++ exit 1;; \ ++ esac; \ ++ done; \ ++ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \ ++ cd $(top_srcdir) && \ ++ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile ++.PRECIOUS: Makefile ++Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status ++ @case '$?' in \ ++ *config.status*) \ ++ echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ ++ $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ ++ *) \ ++ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ ++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ ++ esac; ++ ++$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) ++ $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck ++ ++$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) ++ cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) ++$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) ++ cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) ++ ++# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd ++# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. ++# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, ++# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' ++# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); ++# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. ++$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): ++ @failcom='exit 1'; \ ++ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ ++ case $$f in \ ++ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ ++ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ ++ esac; \ ++ done; \ ++ dot_seen=no; \ ++ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ ++ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ ++ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ ++ dot_seen=yes; \ ++ local_target="$$target-am"; \ ++ else \ ++ local_target="$$target"; \ ++ fi; \ ++ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ ++ || eval $$failcom; \ ++ done; \ ++ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ ++ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ ++ fi; test -z "$$fail" ++ ++$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): ++ @failcom='exit 1'; \ ++ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ ++ case $$f in \ ++ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ ++ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ ++ esac; \ ++ done; \ ++ dot_seen=no; \ ++ case "$@" in \ ++ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ ++ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ ++ esac; \ ++ rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ ++ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ ++ fi; \ ++ done; \ ++ rev="$$rev ."; \ ++ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ ++ for subdir in $$rev; do \ ++ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ ++ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ ++ local_target="$$target-am"; \ ++ else \ ++ local_target="$$target"; \ ++ fi; \ ++ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ ++ || eval $$failcom; \ ++ done && test -z "$$fail" ++tags-recursive: ++ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ ++ done ++ctags-recursive: ++ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ ++ done ++ ++ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) ++ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ ++ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ ++ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ ++ done | \ ++ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonemtpy = 1; } \ ++ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ ++ mkid -fID $$unique ++tags: TAGS ++ ++TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ ++ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) ++ tags=; \ ++ here=`pwd`; \ ++ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ ++ include_option=--etags-include; \ ++ empty_fix=.; \ ++ else \ ++ include_option=--include; \ ++ empty_fix=; \ ++ fi; \ ++ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ ++ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ ++ tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ ++ fi; \ ++ done; \ ++ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ ++ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ ++ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ ++ done | \ ++ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ ++ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ ++ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \ ++ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ ++ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ ++ $$tags $$unique; \ ++ fi ++ctags: CTAGS ++CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ ++ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) ++ tags=; \ ++ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ ++ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ ++ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ ++ done | \ ++ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ ++ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ ++ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \ ++ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ ++ $$tags $$unique ++ ++GTAGS: ++ here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ ++ && cd $(top_srcdir) \ ++ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here ++ ++distclean-tags: ++ -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags ++ ++distdir: $(DISTFILES) ++ $(am__remove_distdir) ++ test -d $(distdir) || mkdir $(distdir) ++ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ ++ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ ++ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ ++ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ ++ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ ++ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ ++ case $$dist_files in \ ++ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ ++ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ ++ sort -u` ;; \ ++ esac; \ ++ for file in $$dist_files; do \ ++ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ ++ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ ++ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ ++ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ ++ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ ++ fi; \ ++ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ ++ else \ ++ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ ++ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ ++ || exit 1; \ ++ fi; \ ++ done ++ list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ ++ test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ ++ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ ++ || exit 1; \ ++ distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \ ++ top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \ ++ (cd $$subdir && \ ++ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ ++ top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \ ++ distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \ ++ am__remove_distdir=: \ ++ am__skip_length_check=: \ ++ distdir) \ ++ || exit 1; \ ++ fi; \ ++ done ++ -find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \ ++ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ++ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ++ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ ++ || chmod -R a+r $(distdir) ++dist-gzip: distdir ++ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz ++ $(am__remove_distdir) ++ ++dist-bzip2: distdir ++ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 ++ $(am__remove_distdir) ++ ++dist-lzma: distdir ++ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma ++ $(am__remove_distdir) ++ ++dist-tarZ: distdir ++ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z ++ $(am__remove_distdir) ++ ++dist-shar: distdir ++ shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz ++ $(am__remove_distdir) ++ ++dist-zip: distdir ++ -rm -f $(distdir).zip ++ zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) ++ $(am__remove_distdir) ++ ++dist dist-all: distdir ++ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz ++ $(am__remove_distdir) ++ ++# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then ++# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another ++# tarfile. ++distcheck: dist ++ case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ ++ *.tar.gz*) \ ++ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ ++ *.tar.bz2*) \ ++ bunzip2 -c $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ ++ *.tar.lzma*) \ ++ unlzma -c $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\ ++ *.tar.Z*) \ ++ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ ++ *.shar.gz*) \ ++ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ ++ *.zip*) \ ++ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ ++ esac ++ chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir) ++ mkdir $(distdir)/_build ++ mkdir $(distdir)/_inst ++ chmod a-w $(distdir) ++ dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ ++ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ ++ && cd $(distdir)/_build \ ++ && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ ++ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ ++ distuninstallcheck \ ++ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ ++ && ({ \ ++ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ ++ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ ++ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ ++ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ ++ && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ ++ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck ++ $(am__remove_distdir) ++ @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ ++ list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ ++ sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' ++distuninstallcheck: ++ @cd $(distuninstallcheck_dir) \ ++ && test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \ ++ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ ++ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ ++ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ ++ fi ; \ ++ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ ++ exit 1; } >&2 ++distcleancheck: distclean ++ @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ ++ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ ++ exit 1 ; \ ++ fi ++ @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ ++ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ ++ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ ++ exit 1; } >&2 ++check-am: all-am ++check: check-recursive ++all-am: Makefile ++installdirs: installdirs-recursive ++installdirs-am: ++install: install-recursive ++install-exec: install-exec-recursive ++install-data: install-data-recursive ++uninstall: uninstall-recursive ++ ++install-am: all-am ++ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am ++ ++installcheck: installcheck-recursive ++install-strip: ++ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ ++ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ ++ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ ++ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install ++mostlyclean-generic: ++ ++clean-generic: ++ ++distclean-generic: ++ -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) ++ ++maintainer-clean-generic: ++ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" ++ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." ++clean: clean-recursive ++ ++clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am ++ ++distclean: distclean-recursive ++ -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) ++ -rm -f Makefile ++distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags ++ ++dvi: dvi-recursive ++ ++dvi-am: ++ ++html: html-recursive ++ ++info: info-recursive ++ ++info-am: ++ ++install-data-am: ++ ++install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive ++ ++install-exec-am: ++ ++install-html: install-html-recursive ++ ++install-info: install-info-recursive ++ ++install-man: ++ ++install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive ++ ++install-ps: install-ps-recursive ++ ++installcheck-am: ++ ++maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive ++ -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) ++ -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache ++ -rm -f Makefile ++maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic ++ ++mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive ++ ++mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic ++ ++pdf: pdf-recursive ++ ++pdf-am: ++ ++ps: ps-recursive ++ ++ps-am: ++ ++uninstall-am: ++ ++.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) install-am \ ++ install-strip ++ ++.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ ++ all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \ ++ ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip \ ++ dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-zip distcheck distclean \ ++ distclean-generic distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir \ ++ distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ ++ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ ++ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ ++ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ ++ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ ++ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ ++ installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ ++ mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \ ++ tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am ++ ++ ++# Makefile.am ends here ++# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. ++# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. ++.NOEXPORT: +Index: sid-non-dfsg/aclocal.m4 +=================================================================== +--- /dev/null ++++ sid-non-dfsg/aclocal.m4 +@@ -0,0 +1,897 @@ ++# generated automatically by aclocal 1.10.1 -*- Autoconf -*- ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, ++# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without ++# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A ++# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ++ ++m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], ++ [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl ++m4_if(AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION, [2.61],, ++[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.61. ++You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. ++If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. ++To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) ++ ++# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) ++# ---------------------------- ++# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been ++# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. ++# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) ++AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], ++[am__api_version='1.10' ++dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to ++dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. ++m4_if([$1], [1.10.1], [], ++ [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl ++]) ++ ++# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) ++# ----------------------------- ++# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. ++# This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies ++# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. ++m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) ++ ++# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION ++# ------------------------------- ++# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. ++# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AC_INIT_AUTOMAKE. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], ++[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.10.1])dnl ++m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], ++ [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl ++_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION)]) ++ ++# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- ++ ++# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets ++# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to ++# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. ++# ++# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a ++# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and ++# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, ++# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since ++# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top ++# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a ++# relative path needs to be adjusted first. ++# ++# $ac_aux_dir/missing ++# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative ++# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing ++# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, ++# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with ++# a relative $ac_aux_dir ++# ++# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir ++# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually ++# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you ++# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. ++# ++# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, ++# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: ++# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` ++# and then we would define $MISSING as ++# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ++# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because ++# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. ++# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in ++# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. ++# ++# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an ++# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a ++# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. ++ ++AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], ++[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly. ++AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl ++# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path ++am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` ++]) ++ ++# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 ++# Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# serial 8 ++ ++# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) ++# ------------------------------------- ++# Define a conditional. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], ++[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl ++ ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], ++ [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl ++AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl ++AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl ++_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl ++_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl ++if $2; then ++ $1_TRUE= ++ $1_FALSE='#' ++else ++ $1_TRUE='#' ++ $1_FALSE= ++fi ++AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( ++[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then ++ AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined. ++Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) ++fi])]) ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 ++# Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# serial 9 ++ ++# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be ++# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, ++# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's ++# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing ++# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... ++ ++ ++# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) ++# ---------------------- ++# See how the compiler implements dependency checking. ++# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC". ++# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. ++# ++# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was ++# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular ++# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, ++# just rely on AC_PROG_CC. ++AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], ++[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl ++AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl ++AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl ++AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl ++ ++ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], ++ [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], ++ [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], ++ [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], ++ [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], ++ [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) ++ ++AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], ++ [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], ++[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then ++ # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up ++ # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For ++ # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up ++ # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output ++ # in D'. ++ mkdir conftest.dir ++ # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're ++ # using a relative directory. ++ cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir ++ cd conftest.dir ++ # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because ++ # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance ++ # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a ++ # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in ++ # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object ++ # directory. ++ mkdir sub ++ ++ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none ++ if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then ++ am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` ++ fi ++ for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do ++ # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers ++ # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and ++ # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ++ # ++ # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may ++ # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. ++ # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. ++ : > sub/conftest.c ++ for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do ++ echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c ++ # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with ++ # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. ++ touch sub/conftst$i.h ++ done ++ echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf ++ ++ case $depmode in ++ nosideeffect) ++ # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll ++ # only be used when explicitly requested ++ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then ++ continue ++ else ++ break ++ fi ++ ;; ++ none) break ;; ++ esac ++ # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" ++ # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly ++ # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. ++ if depmode=$depmode \ ++ source=sub/conftest.c object=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} \ ++ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ ++ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c -o sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.c \ ++ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && ++ grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ++ grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ++ grep sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ++ ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then ++ # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings ++ # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message ++ # that says an option was ignored or not supported. ++ # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: ++ # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required ++ # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: ++ # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported ++ if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || ++ grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else ++ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode ++ break ++ fi ++ fi ++ done ++ ++ cd .. ++ rm -rf conftest.dir ++else ++ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none ++fi ++]) ++AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type]) ++AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [ ++ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ ++ && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3]) ++]) ++ ++ ++# AM_SET_DEPDIR ++# ------------- ++# Choose a directory name for dependency files. ++# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES ++AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], ++[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl ++AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl ++]) ++ ++ ++# AM_DEP_TRACK ++# ------------ ++AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], ++[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking, ++[ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build ++ --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors]) ++if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then ++ am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" ++ AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' ++fi ++AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) ++AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl ++_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl ++]) ++ ++# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 ++# Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++#serial 3 ++ ++# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS ++# ------------------------------ ++AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], ++[for mf in $CONFIG_FILES; do ++ # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. ++ mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` ++ # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. ++ # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but ++ # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. ++ # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process ++ # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. ++ # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line ++ # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. ++ if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` ++ else ++ continue ++ fi ++ # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote ++ # from the Makefile without running `make'. ++ DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` ++ test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue ++ am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` ++ test -z "am__include" && continue ++ am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` ++ # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it ++ U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` ++ # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with ++ # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the ++ # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the ++ # expansion. ++ for file in `sed -n " ++ s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ ++ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do ++ # Make sure the directory exists. ++ test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue ++ fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` ++ AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) ++ # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" ++ echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" ++ done ++done ++])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS ++ ++ ++# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS ++# ----------------------------- ++# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. ++# ++# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking ++# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will ++# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], ++[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles], ++ [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], ++ [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"]) ++]) ++ ++# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, ++# 2005, 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# serial 13 ++ ++# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if ++# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. ++ ++# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) ++# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) ++# ----------------------------------------------- ++# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style ++# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE ++# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from ++# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. ++# We support both call styles for the transition. After ++# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT ++# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf ++# release and drop the old call support. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], ++[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl ++dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow ++dnl the ones we care about. ++m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl ++AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl ++AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl ++if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then ++ # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output ++ # is not polluted with repeated "-I." ++ AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl ++ # test to see if srcdir already configured ++ if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then ++ AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) ++ fi ++fi ++ ++# test whether we have cygpath ++if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then ++ if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then ++ CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' ++ else ++ CYGPATH_W=echo ++ fi ++fi ++AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) ++ ++# Define the identity of the package. ++dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. ++m4_ifval([$2], ++[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl ++ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl ++ AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], ++[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl ++dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. ++m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,, ++ [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl ++ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl ++ AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl ++ ++_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, ++[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) ++ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl ++ ++# Some tools Automake needs. ++AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl ++AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl ++AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version}) ++AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) ++AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version}) ++AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) ++AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) ++AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH ++AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP ++AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl ++# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on ++# some platforms. ++AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl ++AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl ++AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl ++_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], ++ [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], ++ [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) ++_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, ++[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], ++ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], ++ [define([AC_PROG_CC], ++ defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl ++AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], ++ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], ++ [define([AC_PROG_CXX], ++ defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl ++AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], ++ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)], ++ [define([AC_PROG_OBJC], ++ defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl ++]) ++]) ++ ++ ++# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. ++# This file resides in the same directory as the config header ++# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. ++ ++# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the ++# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate ++# our stamp files there. ++AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], ++[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. ++_am_arg=$1 ++_am_stamp_count=1 ++for _am_header in $config_headers :; do ++ case $_am_header in ++ $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) ++ break ;; ++ * ) ++ _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; ++ esac ++done ++echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) ++ ++# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH ++# ------------------ ++# Define $install_sh. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], ++[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl ++install_sh=${install_sh-"\$(SHELL) $am_aux_dir/install-sh"} ++AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) ++ ++# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# serial 2 ++ ++# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames ++# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], ++[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null ++mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null ++if test -d .tst; then ++ am__leading_dot=. ++else ++ am__leading_dot=_ ++fi ++rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null ++AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) ++ ++# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*- ++# From Jim Meyering ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 ++# Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# serial 4 ++ ++AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE], ++[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) ++ dnl maintainer-mode is disabled by default ++ AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode, ++[ --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful ++ (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer], ++ USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval, ++ USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no) ++ AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE]) ++ AM_CONDITIONAL(MAINTAINER_MODE, [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes]) ++ MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE ++ AC_SUBST(MAINT)dnl ++] ++) ++ ++AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE]) ++ ++# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- ++ ++# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# serial 3 ++ ++# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() ++# ----------------- ++# Check to see how make treats includes. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], ++[am_make=${MAKE-make} ++cat > confinc << 'END' ++am__doit: ++ @echo done ++.PHONY: am__doit ++END ++# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. ++AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make]) ++am__include="#" ++am__quote= ++_am_result=none ++# First try GNU make style include. ++echo "include confinc" > confmf ++# We grep out `Entering directory' and `Leaving directory' ++# messages which can occur if `w' ends up in MAKEFLAGS. ++# In particular we don't look at `^make:' because GNU make might ++# be invoked under some other name (usually "gmake"), in which ++# case it prints its new name instead of `make'. ++if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null | grep -v 'ing directory'`" = "done"; then ++ am__include=include ++ am__quote= ++ _am_result=GNU ++fi ++# Now try BSD make style include. ++if test "$am__include" = "#"; then ++ echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf ++ if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null`" = "done"; then ++ am__include=.include ++ am__quote="\"" ++ _am_result=BSD ++ fi ++fi ++AC_SUBST([am__include]) ++AC_SUBST([am__quote]) ++AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result]) ++rm -f confinc confmf ++]) ++ ++# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005 ++# Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# serial 5 ++ ++# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) ++# ------------------------------ ++AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], ++[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) ++$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} ++AC_SUBST($1)]) ++ ++ ++# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN ++# ------------------ ++# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run. ++# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], ++[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl ++AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl ++test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ++# Use eval to expand $SHELL ++if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then ++ am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " ++else ++ am_missing_run= ++ AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing]) ++fi ++]) ++ ++# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P ++# --------------- ++# Check for `mkdir -p'. ++AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P], ++[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl ++AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl ++dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P, ++dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility. ++dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile. ++dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of ++dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own ++dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than ++dnl MKDIR_P). ++AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl ++case $mkdir_p in ++ [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;; ++ */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; ++esac ++]) ++ ++# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- ++ ++# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# serial 3 ++ ++# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) ++# ----------------------- ++AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], ++[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) ++ ++# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) ++# ------------------------------ ++# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. ++AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], ++[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) ++ ++# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) ++# ---------------------------------- ++# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. ++AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], ++[AC_FOREACH([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) ++ ++# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) ++# ------------------------------------------- ++# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. ++AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], ++[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) ++ ++# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005 ++# Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# serial 4 ++ ++# AM_SANITY_CHECK ++# --------------- ++AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], ++[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) ++# Just in case ++sleep 1 ++echo timestamp > conftest.file ++# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's ++# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a ++# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks ++# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing ++# directory). ++if ( ++ set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null` ++ if test "$[*]" = "X"; then ++ # -L didn't work. ++ set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file` ++ fi ++ rm -f conftest.file ++ if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ ++ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then ++ ++ # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen ++ # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a ++ # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually ++ # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". ++ AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken ++alias in your environment]) ++ fi ++ ++ test "$[2]" = conftest.file ++ ) ++then ++ # Ok. ++ : ++else ++ AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! ++Check your system clock]) ++fi ++AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) ++ ++# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP ++# --------------------- ++# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't ++# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially ++# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip ++# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. ++# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we ++# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize ++# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). ++AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], ++[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl ++# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user ++# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right ++# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake ++# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. ++dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'. ++if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then ++ AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) ++fi ++INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" ++AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) ++ ++# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) ++# --------------------------- ++# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. ++# This macro is traced by Automake. ++AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) ++ ++# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- ++ ++# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# serial 2 ++ ++# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) ++# -------------------- ++# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. ++# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'. ++# ++# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command ++# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory ++# $tardir. ++# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar ++# ++# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such ++# a tarball read from stdin. ++# $(am__untar) < result.tar ++AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], ++[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. ++AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar]) ++m4_if([$1], [v7], ++ [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'], ++ [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, ++ [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) ++AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) ++# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. ++_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' ++_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} ++# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and ++# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'. ++for _am_tool in $_am_tools ++do ++ case $_am_tool in ++ gnutar) ++ for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; ++ do ++ AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break ++ done ++ am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' ++ am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' ++ am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" ++ ;; ++ plaintar) ++ # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create ++ # ustar tarball either. ++ (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue ++ am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' ++ am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' ++ am__untar='tar xf -' ++ ;; ++ pax) ++ am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' ++ am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' ++ am__untar='pax -r' ++ ;; ++ cpio) ++ am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' ++ am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' ++ am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' ++ ;; ++ none) ++ am__tar=false ++ am__tar_=false ++ am__untar=false ++ ;; ++ esac ++ ++ # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar ++ # and am__untar set. ++ test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break ++ ++ # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works ++ rm -rf conftest.dir ++ mkdir conftest.dir ++ echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file ++ AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) ++ rm -rf conftest.dir ++ if test -s conftest.tar; then ++ AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar /dev/null 2>&1 && break ++ fi ++done ++rm -rf conftest.dir ++ ++AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) ++AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) ++AC_SUBST([am__tar]) ++AC_SUBST([am__untar]) ++]) # _AM_PROG_TAR ++ +Index: sid-non-dfsg/configure +=================================================================== +--- /dev/null ++++ sid-non-dfsg/configure +@@ -0,0 +1,4970 @@ ++#! /bin/sh ++# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. ++# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.61 for guile 1.8.5. ++# ++# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, ++# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. ++# ++# ++# ++# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# ++# This file is part of GUILE ++# ++# GUILE is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ++# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your ++# option) any later version. ++# ++# GUILE is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ++# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++# General Public License for more details. ++# ++# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ++# along with GUILE; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the ++# Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, ++# Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. ++# ++# ++## --------------------- ## ++## M4sh Initialization. ## ++## --------------------- ## ++ ++# Be more Bourne compatible ++DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh ++if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ emulate sh ++ NULLCMD=: ++ # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ++ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. ++ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' ++ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST ++else ++ case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in ++ *posix*) set -o posix ;; ++esac ++ ++fi ++ ++ ++ ++ ++# PATH needs CR ++# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. ++as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' ++as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' ++as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS ++as_cr_digits='0123456789' ++as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits ++ ++# The user is always right. ++if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then ++ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh ++ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh ++ chmod +x conf$$.sh ++ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ PATH_SEPARATOR=';' ++ else ++ PATH_SEPARATOR=: ++ fi ++ rm -f conf$$.sh ++fi ++ ++# Support unset when possible. ++if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ as_unset=unset ++else ++ as_unset=false ++fi ++ ++ ++# IFS ++# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is ++# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. ++# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word ++# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) ++as_nl=' ++' ++IFS=" "" $as_nl" ++ ++# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. ++case $0 in ++ *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; ++ *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++ ;; ++esac ++# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' ++# in which case we are not to be found in the path. ++if test "x$as_myself" = x; then ++ as_myself=$0 ++fi ++if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then ++ echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; } ++fi ++ ++# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. ++for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH ++do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var ++done ++PS1='$ ' ++PS2='> ' ++PS4='+ ' ++ ++# NLS nuisances. ++for as_var in \ ++ LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \ ++ LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \ ++ LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME ++do ++ if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then ++ eval $as_var=C; export $as_var ++ else ++ ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var ++ fi ++done ++ ++# Required to use basename. ++if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && ++ test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then ++ as_expr=expr ++else ++ as_expr=false ++fi ++ ++if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then ++ as_basename=basename ++else ++ as_basename=false ++fi ++ ++ ++# Name of the executable. ++as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || ++$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ ++ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ ++ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || ++echo X/"$0" | ++ sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ s/.*/./; q'` ++ ++# CDPATH. ++$as_unset CDPATH ++ ++ ++if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then ++ if (eval ":") 2>/dev/null; then ++ as_have_required=yes ++else ++ as_have_required=no ++fi ++ ++ if test $as_have_required = yes && (eval ": ++(as_func_return () { ++ (exit \$1) ++} ++as_func_success () { ++ as_func_return 0 ++} ++as_func_failure () { ++ as_func_return 1 ++} ++as_func_ret_success () { ++ return 0 ++} ++as_func_ret_failure () { ++ return 1 ++} ++ ++exitcode=0 ++if as_func_success; then ++ : ++else ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_success failed. ++fi ++ ++if as_func_failure; then ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_failure succeeded. ++fi ++ ++if as_func_ret_success; then ++ : ++else ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_ret_success failed. ++fi ++ ++if as_func_ret_failure; then ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. ++fi ++ ++if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then ++ : ++else ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo positional parameters were not saved. ++fi ++ ++test \$exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; } ++ ++( ++ as_lineno_1=\$LINENO ++ as_lineno_2=\$LINENO ++ test \"x\$as_lineno_1\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2\" && ++ test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1 + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2\") || { (exit 1); exit 1; } ++") 2> /dev/null; then ++ : ++else ++ as_candidate_shells= ++ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ case $as_dir in ++ /*) ++ for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do ++ as_candidate_shells="$as_candidate_shells $as_dir/$as_base" ++ done;; ++ esac ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++ ++ for as_shell in $as_candidate_shells $SHELL; do ++ # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. ++ if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && ++ { ("$as_shell") 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF ++if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ emulate sh ++ NULLCMD=: ++ # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ++ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. ++ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' ++ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST ++else ++ case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in ++ *posix*) set -o posix ;; ++esac ++ ++fi ++ ++ ++: ++_ASEOF ++}; then ++ CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell ++ as_have_required=yes ++ if { "$as_shell" 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF ++if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ emulate sh ++ NULLCMD=: ++ # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ++ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. ++ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' ++ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST ++else ++ case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in ++ *posix*) set -o posix ;; ++esac ++ ++fi ++ ++ ++: ++(as_func_return () { ++ (exit $1) ++} ++as_func_success () { ++ as_func_return 0 ++} ++as_func_failure () { ++ as_func_return 1 ++} ++as_func_ret_success () { ++ return 0 ++} ++as_func_ret_failure () { ++ return 1 ++} ++ ++exitcode=0 ++if as_func_success; then ++ : ++else ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_success failed. ++fi ++ ++if as_func_failure; then ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_failure succeeded. ++fi ++ ++if as_func_ret_success; then ++ : ++else ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_ret_success failed. ++fi ++ ++if as_func_ret_failure; then ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. ++fi ++ ++if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = "$1" ); then ++ : ++else ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo positional parameters were not saved. ++fi ++ ++test $exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; } ++ ++( ++ as_lineno_1=$LINENO ++ as_lineno_2=$LINENO ++ test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && ++ test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2") || { (exit 1); exit 1; } ++ ++_ASEOF ++}; then ++ break ++fi ++ ++fi ++ ++ done ++ ++ if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then ++ for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV ++ do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var ++ done ++ export CONFIG_SHELL ++ exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} ++fi ++ ++ ++ if test $as_have_required = no; then ++ echo This script requires a shell more modern than all the ++ echo shells that I found on your system. Please install a ++ echo modern shell, or manually run the script under such a ++ echo shell if you do have one. ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; } ++fi ++ ++ ++fi ++ ++fi ++ ++ ++ ++(eval "as_func_return () { ++ (exit \$1) ++} ++as_func_success () { ++ as_func_return 0 ++} ++as_func_failure () { ++ as_func_return 1 ++} ++as_func_ret_success () { ++ return 0 ++} ++as_func_ret_failure () { ++ return 1 ++} ++ ++exitcode=0 ++if as_func_success; then ++ : ++else ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_success failed. ++fi ++ ++if as_func_failure; then ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_failure succeeded. ++fi ++ ++if as_func_ret_success; then ++ : ++else ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_ret_success failed. ++fi ++ ++if as_func_ret_failure; then ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. ++fi ++ ++if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then ++ : ++else ++ exitcode=1 ++ echo positional parameters were not saved. ++fi ++ ++test \$exitcode = 0") || { ++ echo No shell found that supports shell functions. ++ echo Please tell autoconf@gnu.org about your system, ++ echo including any error possibly output before this ++ echo message ++} ++ ++ ++ ++ as_lineno_1=$LINENO ++ as_lineno_2=$LINENO ++ test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && ++ test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { ++ ++ # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO ++ # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a ++ # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed' ++ # does the real work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each ++ # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends ++ # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special ++ # case at line end. ++ # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the ++ # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini. Blame Lee ++ # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) ++ sed -n ' ++ p ++ /[$]LINENO/= ++ ' <$as_myself | ++ sed ' ++ s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ ++ t lineno ++ b ++ :lineno ++ N ++ :loop ++ s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ ++ t loop ++ s/-\n.*// ++ ' >$as_me.lineno && ++ chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || ++ { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ ++ # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems ++ # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the ++ # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). ++ . "./$as_me.lineno" ++ # Exit status is that of the last command. ++ exit ++} ++ ++ ++if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ as_dirname=dirname ++else ++ as_dirname=false ++fi ++ ++ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= ++case `echo -n x` in ++-n*) ++ case `echo 'x\c'` in ++ *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. ++ *) ECHO_C='\c';; ++ esac;; ++*) ++ ECHO_N='-n';; ++esac ++ ++if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && ++ test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then ++ as_expr=expr ++else ++ as_expr=false ++fi ++ ++rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file ++if test -d conf$$.dir; then ++ rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file ++else ++ rm -f conf$$.dir ++ mkdir conf$$.dir ++fi ++echo >conf$$.file ++if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then ++ as_ln_s='ln -s' ++ # ... but there are two gotchas: ++ # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. ++ # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. ++ # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. ++ ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || ++ as_ln_s='cp -p' ++elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then ++ as_ln_s=ln ++else ++ as_ln_s='cp -p' ++fi ++rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file ++rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null ++ ++if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then ++ as_mkdir_p=: ++else ++ test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p ++ as_mkdir_p=false ++fi ++ ++if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ as_test_x='test -x' ++else ++ if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ as_ls_L_option=L ++ else ++ as_ls_L_option= ++ fi ++ as_test_x=' ++ eval sh -c '\'' ++ if test -d "$1"; then ++ test -d "$1/."; ++ else ++ case $1 in ++ -*)set "./$1";; ++ esac; ++ case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in ++ ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi ++ '\'' sh ++ ' ++fi ++as_executable_p=$as_test_x ++ ++# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. ++as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" ++ ++# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. ++as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" ++ ++ ++ ++exec 7<&0 &1 ++ ++# Name of the host. ++# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status, ++# so uname gets run too. ++ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` ++ ++# ++# Initializations. ++# ++ac_default_prefix=/usr/local ++ac_clean_files= ++ac_config_libobj_dir=. ++LIBOBJS= ++cross_compiling=no ++subdirs= ++MFLAGS= ++MAKEFLAGS= ++SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ++ ++# Identity of this package. ++PACKAGE_NAME='guile' ++PACKAGE_TARNAME='guile' ++PACKAGE_VERSION='1.8.5' ++PACKAGE_STRING='guile 1.8.5' ++PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='' ++ ++ac_unique_file="doc/ref/guile.texi" ++ac_subst_vars='SHELL ++PATH_SEPARATOR ++PACKAGE_NAME ++PACKAGE_TARNAME ++PACKAGE_VERSION ++PACKAGE_STRING ++PACKAGE_BUGREPORT ++exec_prefix ++prefix ++program_transform_name ++bindir ++sbindir ++libexecdir ++datarootdir ++datadir ++sysconfdir ++sharedstatedir ++localstatedir ++includedir ++oldincludedir ++docdir ++infodir ++htmldir ++dvidir ++pdfdir ++psdir ++libdir ++localedir ++mandir ++DEFS ++ECHO_C ++ECHO_N ++ECHO_T ++LIBS ++build_alias ++host_alias ++target_alias ++INSTALL_PROGRAM ++INSTALL_SCRIPT ++INSTALL_DATA ++am__isrc ++CYGPATH_W ++PACKAGE ++VERSION ++ACLOCAL ++AUTOCONF ++AUTOMAKE ++AUTOHEADER ++MAKEINFO ++install_sh ++STRIP ++INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM ++mkdir_p ++AWK ++SET_MAKE ++am__leading_dot ++AMTAR ++am__tar ++am__untar ++MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE ++MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE ++MAINT ++CC ++CFLAGS ++LDFLAGS ++CPPFLAGS ++ac_ct_CC ++EXEEXT ++OBJEXT ++DEPDIR ++am__include ++am__quote ++AMDEP_TRUE ++AMDEP_FALSE ++AMDEPBACKSLASH ++CCDEPMODE ++am__fastdepCC_TRUE ++am__fastdepCC_FALSE ++CPP ++have_makeinfo ++HAVE_MAKEINFO_TRUE ++HAVE_MAKEINFO_FALSE ++LIBOBJS ++LTLIBOBJS' ++ac_subst_files='' ++ ac_precious_vars='build_alias ++host_alias ++target_alias ++CC ++CFLAGS ++LDFLAGS ++LIBS ++CPPFLAGS ++CPP' ++ ++ ++# Initialize some variables set by options. ++ac_init_help= ++ac_init_version=false ++# The variables have the same names as the options, with ++# dashes changed to underlines. ++cache_file=/dev/null ++exec_prefix=NONE ++no_create= ++no_recursion= ++prefix=NONE ++program_prefix=NONE ++program_suffix=NONE ++program_transform_name=s,x,x, ++silent= ++site= ++srcdir= ++verbose= ++x_includes=NONE ++x_libraries=NONE ++ ++# Installation directory options. ++# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" ++# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix ++# by default will actually change. ++# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. ++# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) ++bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' ++sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' ++libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' ++datarootdir='${prefix}/share' ++datadir='${datarootdir}' ++sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' ++sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' ++localstatedir='${prefix}/var' ++includedir='${prefix}/include' ++oldincludedir='/usr/include' ++docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' ++infodir='${datarootdir}/info' ++htmldir='${docdir}' ++dvidir='${docdir}' ++pdfdir='${docdir}' ++psdir='${docdir}' ++libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' ++localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' ++mandir='${datarootdir}/man' ++ ++ac_prev= ++ac_dashdash= ++for ac_option ++do ++ # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. ++ if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ++ eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option ++ ac_prev= ++ continue ++ fi ++ ++ case $ac_option in ++ *=*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; ++ *) ac_optarg=yes ;; ++ esac ++ ++ # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. ++ ++ case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in ++ --) ++ ac_dashdash=yes ;; ++ ++ -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ++ ac_prev=bindir ;; ++ -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) ++ bindir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ++ ac_prev=build_alias ;; ++ -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) ++ build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ ++ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ++ ac_prev=cache_file ;; ++ -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ ++ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) ++ cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ --config-cache | -C) ++ cache_file=config.cache ;; ++ ++ -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) ++ ac_prev=datadir ;; ++ -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) ++ datadir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ ++ | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) ++ ac_prev=datarootdir ;; ++ -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ ++ | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) ++ datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -disable-* | --disable-*) ++ ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` ++ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. ++ expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && ++ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-.]/_/g'` ++ eval enable_$ac_feature=no ;; ++ ++ -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) ++ ac_prev=docdir ;; ++ -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) ++ docdir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) ++ ac_prev=dvidir ;; ++ -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) ++ dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -enable-* | --enable-*) ++ ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` ++ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. ++ expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && ++ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-.]/_/g'` ++ eval enable_$ac_feature=\$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ ++ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ ++ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ++ ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; ++ -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ ++ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ ++ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) ++ exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) ++ # Obsolete; use --with-gas. ++ with_gas=yes ;; ++ ++ -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) ++ ac_init_help=long ;; ++ -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) ++ ac_init_help=recursive ;; ++ -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) ++ ac_init_help=short ;; ++ ++ -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ++ ac_prev=host_alias ;; ++ -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) ++ host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) ++ ac_prev=htmldir ;; ++ -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ ++ | --ht=*) ++ htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ ++ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ++ ac_prev=includedir ;; ++ -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ ++ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) ++ includedir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ++ ac_prev=infodir ;; ++ -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) ++ infodir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ++ ac_prev=libdir ;; ++ -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) ++ libdir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ ++ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ++ ac_prev=libexecdir ;; ++ -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ ++ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) ++ libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) ++ ac_prev=localedir ;; ++ -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) ++ localedir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ ++ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) ++ ac_prev=localstatedir ;; ++ -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ ++ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) ++ localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ++ ac_prev=mandir ;; ++ -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) ++ mandir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -nfp | --nfp | --nf) ++ # Obsolete; use --without-fp. ++ with_fp=no ;; ++ ++ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ ++ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) ++ no_create=yes ;; ++ ++ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ ++ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ++ no_recursion=yes ;; ++ ++ -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ ++ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ ++ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ++ ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; ++ -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ ++ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ ++ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) ++ oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ++ ac_prev=prefix ;; ++ -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) ++ prefix=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ ++ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ++ ac_prev=program_prefix ;; ++ -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ ++ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) ++ program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ ++ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ++ ac_prev=program_suffix ;; ++ -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ ++ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) ++ program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ ++ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ ++ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ ++ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ ++ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ ++ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ ++ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ++ ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; ++ -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ ++ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ ++ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ ++ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ ++ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ ++ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ ++ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) ++ program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) ++ ac_prev=pdfdir ;; ++ -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) ++ pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) ++ ac_prev=psdir ;; ++ -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) ++ psdir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ ++ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) ++ silent=yes ;; ++ ++ -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ++ ac_prev=sbindir ;; ++ -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ ++ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) ++ sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ ++ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ ++ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ ++ | --sha | --sh) ++ ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; ++ -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ ++ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ ++ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ ++ | --sha=* | --sh=*) ++ sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -site | --site | --sit) ++ ac_prev=site ;; ++ -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) ++ site=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ++ ac_prev=srcdir ;; ++ -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) ++ srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ ++ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ++ ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; ++ -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ ++ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) ++ sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ++ ac_prev=target_alias ;; ++ -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) ++ target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) ++ verbose=yes ;; ++ ++ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) ++ ac_init_version=: ;; ++ ++ -with-* | --with-*) ++ ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` ++ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. ++ expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && ++ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/[-.]/_/g'` ++ eval with_$ac_package=\$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -without-* | --without-*) ++ ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` ++ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. ++ expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && ++ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/[-.]/_/g'` ++ eval with_$ac_package=no ;; ++ ++ --x) ++ # Obsolete; use --with-x. ++ with_x=yes ;; ++ ++ -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ ++ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ++ ac_prev=x_includes ;; ++ -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ ++ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) ++ x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ ++ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ++ ac_prev=x_libraries ;; ++ -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ ++ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) ++ x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; ++ ++ -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option ++Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ ;; ++ ++ *=*) ++ ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` ++ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. ++ expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && ++ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg ++ export $ac_envvar ;; ++ ++ *) ++ # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. ++ echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 ++ expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && ++ echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 ++ : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option} ++ ;; ++ ++ esac ++done ++ ++if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ++ ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` ++ { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++ ++# Be sure to have absolute directory names. ++for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ ++ datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ ++ oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ ++ libdir localedir mandir ++do ++ eval ac_val=\$$ac_var ++ case $ac_val in ++ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; ++ NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; ++ esac ++ { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++done ++ ++# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' ++# used to hold the argument of --host etc. ++# FIXME: To remove some day. ++build=$build_alias ++host=$host_alias ++target=$target_alias ++ ++# FIXME: To remove some day. ++if test "x$host_alias" != x; then ++ if test "x$build_alias" = x; then ++ cross_compiling=maybe ++ echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. ++ If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2 ++ elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then ++ cross_compiling=yes ++ fi ++fi ++ ++ac_tool_prefix= ++test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- ++ ++test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null ++ ++ ++ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && ++ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && ++ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || ++ { echo "$as_me: error: Working directory cannot be determined" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || ++ { echo "$as_me: error: pwd does not report name of working directory" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ ++ ++# Find the source files, if location was not specified. ++if test -z "$srcdir"; then ++ ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes ++ # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. ++ ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$0" || ++$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ ++ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ ++ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ ++ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || ++echo X"$0" | ++ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\).*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ s/.*/./; q'` ++ srcdir=$ac_confdir ++ if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then ++ srcdir=.. ++ fi ++else ++ ac_srcdir_defaulted=no ++fi ++if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then ++ test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." ++ { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" ++ac_abs_confdir=`( ++ cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || { echo "$as_me: error: $ac_msg" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ pwd)` ++# When building in place, set srcdir=. ++if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then ++ srcdir=. ++fi ++# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. ++# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info ++# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. ++case $srcdir in ++*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; ++esac ++for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do ++ eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} ++ eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} ++ eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} ++ eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} ++done ++ ++# ++# Report the --help message. ++# ++if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then ++ # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. ++ # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. ++ cat <<_ACEOF ++\`configure' configures guile 1.8.5 to adapt to many kinds of systems. ++ ++Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... ++ ++To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as ++VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. ++ ++Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. ++ ++Configuration: ++ -h, --help display this help and exit ++ --help=short display options specific to this package ++ --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages ++ -V, --version display version information and exit ++ -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages ++ --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] ++ -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' ++ -n, --no-create do not create output files ++ --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] ++ ++Installation directories: ++ --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX ++ [$ac_default_prefix] ++ --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX ++ [PREFIX] ++ ++By default, \`make install' will install all the files in ++\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify ++an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', ++for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. ++ ++For better control, use the options below. ++ ++Fine tuning of the installation directories: ++ --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] ++ --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] ++ --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] ++ --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] ++ --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] ++ --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] ++ --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] ++ --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] ++ --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] ++ --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] ++ --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] ++ --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] ++ --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] ++ --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] ++ --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/guile] ++ --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] ++ --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] ++ --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] ++ --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] ++_ACEOF ++ ++ cat <<\_ACEOF ++ ++Program names: ++ --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names ++ --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names ++ --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names ++_ACEOF ++fi ++ ++if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then ++ case $ac_init_help in ++ short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of guile 1.8.5:";; ++ esac ++ cat <<\_ACEOF ++ ++Optional Features: ++ --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) ++ --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] ++ --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful ++ (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer ++ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build ++ --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors ++ ++Some influential environment variables: ++ CC C compiler command ++ CFLAGS C compiler flags ++ LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a ++ nonstandard directory ++ LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l ++ CPPFLAGS C/C++/Objective C preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if ++ you have headers in a nonstandard directory ++ CPP C preprocessor ++ ++Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help ++it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. ++ ++_ACEOF ++ac_status=$? ++fi ++ ++if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then ++ # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. ++ for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue ++ test -d "$ac_dir" || continue ++ ac_builddir=. ++ ++case "$ac_dir" in ++.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; ++*) ++ ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'` ++ # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ++ ac_top_builddir_sub=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,/..,g;s,/,,'` ++ case $ac_top_builddir_sub in ++ "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; ++ *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; ++ esac ;; ++esac ++ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ++ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix ++# for backward compatibility: ++ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix ++ ++case $srcdir in ++ .) # We are building in place. ++ ac_srcdir=. ++ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ++ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; ++ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ++ ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ++ ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ++ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; ++ *) # Relative name. ++ ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ++ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ++ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; ++esac ++ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ++ ++ cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } ++ # Check for guested configure. ++ if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then ++ echo && ++ $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive ++ elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then ++ echo && ++ $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive ++ else ++ echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 ++ fi || ac_status=$? ++ cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } ++ done ++fi ++ ++test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status ++if $ac_init_version; then ++ cat <<\_ACEOF ++guile configure 1.8.5 ++generated by GNU Autoconf 2.61 ++ ++Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, ++2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. ++ ++ ++ ++Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++This file is part of GUILE ++ ++GUILE is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ++the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your ++option) any later version. ++ ++GUILE is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ++WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++General Public License for more details. ++ ++You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ++along with GUILE; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the ++Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, ++Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. ++ ++ ++_ACEOF ++ exit ++fi ++cat >config.log <<_ACEOF ++This file contains any messages produced by compilers while ++running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. ++ ++It was created by guile $as_me 1.8.5, which was ++generated by GNU Autoconf 2.61. Invocation command line was ++ ++ $ $0 $@ ++ ++_ACEOF ++exec 5>>config.log ++{ ++cat <<_ASUNAME ++## --------- ## ++## Platform. ## ++## --------- ## ++ ++hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` ++uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++ ++/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++ ++/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++/usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` ++ ++_ASUNAME ++ ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ echo "PATH: $as_dir" ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++} >&5 ++ ++cat >&5 <<_ACEOF ++ ++ ++## ----------- ## ++## Core tests. ## ++## ----------- ## ++ ++_ACEOF ++ ++ ++# Keep a trace of the command line. ++# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. ++# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. ++# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. ++# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. ++ac_configure_args= ++ac_configure_args0= ++ac_configure_args1= ++ac_must_keep_next=false ++for ac_pass in 1 2 ++do ++ for ac_arg ++ do ++ case $ac_arg in ++ -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; ++ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ ++ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) ++ continue ;; ++ *\'*) ++ ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; ++ esac ++ case $ac_pass in ++ 1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;; ++ 2) ++ ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'" ++ if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then ++ ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. ++ else ++ case $ac_arg in ++ *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ ++ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ ++ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ ++ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) ++ case "$ac_configure_args0 " in ++ "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; ++ esac ++ ;; ++ -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ++ ;; ++ esac ++ done ++done ++$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; } ++$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; } ++ ++# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete ++# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there ++# would cause problems or look ugly. ++# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. ++# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. ++trap 'exit_status=$? ++ # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. ++ { ++ echo ++ ++ cat <<\_ASBOX ++## ---------------- ## ++## Cache variables. ## ++## ---------------- ## ++_ASBOX ++ echo ++ # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, ++( ++ for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do ++ eval ac_val=\$$ac_var ++ case $ac_val in #( ++ *${as_nl}*) ++ case $ac_var in #( ++ *_cv_*) { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&2;} ;; ++ esac ++ case $ac_var in #( ++ _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( ++ *) $as_unset $ac_var ;; ++ esac ;; ++ esac ++ done ++ (set) 2>&1 | ++ case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( ++ *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) ++ sed -n \ ++ "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; ++ s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" ++ ;; #( ++ *) ++ sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ++ ;; ++ esac | ++ sort ++) ++ echo ++ ++ cat <<\_ASBOX ++## ----------------- ## ++## Output variables. ## ++## ----------------- ## ++_ASBOX ++ echo ++ for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars ++ do ++ eval ac_val=\$$ac_var ++ case $ac_val in ++ *\'\''*) ac_val=`echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; ++ esac ++ echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" ++ done | sort ++ echo ++ ++ if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then ++ cat <<\_ASBOX ++## ------------------- ## ++## File substitutions. ## ++## ------------------- ## ++_ASBOX ++ echo ++ for ac_var in $ac_subst_files ++ do ++ eval ac_val=\$$ac_var ++ case $ac_val in ++ *\'\''*) ac_val=`echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; ++ esac ++ echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" ++ done | sort ++ echo ++ fi ++ ++ if test -s confdefs.h; then ++ cat <<\_ASBOX ++## ----------- ## ++## confdefs.h. ## ++## ----------- ## ++_ASBOX ++ echo ++ cat confdefs.h ++ echo ++ fi ++ test "$ac_signal" != 0 && ++ echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" ++ echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" ++ } >&5 ++ rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && ++ rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && ++ exit $exit_status ++' 0 ++for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do ++ trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal ++done ++ac_signal=0 ++ ++# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. ++rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h ++ ++# Predefined preprocessor variables. ++ ++cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF ++#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" ++_ACEOF ++ ++ ++cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF ++#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" ++_ACEOF ++ ++ ++cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF ++#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" ++_ACEOF ++ ++ ++cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF ++#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" ++_ACEOF ++ ++ ++cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF ++#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" ++_ACEOF ++ ++ ++# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. ++# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. ++if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then ++ set x "$CONFIG_SITE" ++elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then ++ set x "$prefix/share/config.site" "$prefix/etc/config.site" ++else ++ set x "$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site" \ ++ "$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site" ++fi ++shift ++for ac_site_file ++do ++ if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} ++ sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 ++ . "$ac_site_file" ++ fi ++done ++ ++if test -r "$cache_file"; then ++ # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special ++ # files actually), so we avoid doing that. ++ if test -f "$cache_file"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} ++ case $cache_file in ++ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; ++ *) . "./$cache_file";; ++ esac ++ fi ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} ++ >$cache_file ++fi ++ ++# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same ++# value. ++ac_cache_corrupted=false ++for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do ++ eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set ++ eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set ++ eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value ++ eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value ++ case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in ++ set,) ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} ++ ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ++ ,set) ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} ++ ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ++ ,);; ++ *) ++ if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: $ac_old_val" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: former value: $ac_old_val" >&2;} ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: $ac_new_val" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;} ++ ac_cache_corrupted=: ++ fi;; ++ esac ++ # Pass precious variables to config.status. ++ if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then ++ case $ac_new_val in ++ *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; ++ *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; ++ esac ++ case " $ac_configure_args " in ++ *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. ++ *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; ++ esac ++ fi ++done ++if $ac_cache_corrupted; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ac_ext=c ++ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ++ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ++ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ++ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ++ ++ ++ac_aux_dir= ++for ac_dir in . "$srcdir"/.; do ++ if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then ++ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ++ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" ++ break ++ elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then ++ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ++ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" ++ break ++ elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then ++ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ++ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" ++ break ++ fi ++done ++if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in . \"$srcdir\"/." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in . \"$srcdir\"/." >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++ ++# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, ++# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. ++# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory ++# whose full name contains unusual characters. ++ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. ++ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. ++ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. ++ ++ ++ ++am__api_version='1.10' ++ ++# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), ++# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or ++# incompatible versions: ++# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install ++# SunOS /usr/etc/install ++# IRIX /sbin/install ++# AIX /bin/install ++# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs ++# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag ++# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args ++# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" ++# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic ++# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for a BSD-compatible install... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test -z "$INSTALL"; then ++if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. ++case $as_dir/ in ++ ./ | .// | /cC/* | \ ++ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ ++ ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \ ++ /usr/ucb/* ) ;; ++ *) ++ # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. ++ # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root ++ # by default. ++ for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ if test $ac_prog = install && ++ grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. ++ : ++ elif test $ac_prog = install && ++ grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. ++ : ++ else ++ ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" ++ break 3 ++ fi ++ fi ++ done ++ done ++ ;; ++esac ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++ ++fi ++ if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then ++ INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install ++ else ++ # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a ++ # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will ++ # break other packages using the cache if that directory is ++ # removed, or if the value is a relative name. ++ INSTALL=$ac_install_sh ++ fi ++fi ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$INSTALL" >&6; } ++ ++# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. ++# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. ++test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' ++ ++test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' ++ ++test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' ++ ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking whether build environment is sane... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++# Just in case ++sleep 1 ++echo timestamp > conftest.file ++# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's ++# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a ++# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks ++# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing ++# directory). ++if ( ++ set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null` ++ if test "$*" = "X"; then ++ # -L didn't work. ++ set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file` ++ fi ++ rm -f conftest.file ++ if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ ++ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then ++ ++ # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen ++ # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a ++ # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually ++ # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken ++alias in your environment" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken ++alias in your environment" >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ fi ++ ++ test "$2" = conftest.file ++ ) ++then ++ # Ok. ++ : ++else ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! ++Check your system clock" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! ++Check your system clock" >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6; } ++test "$program_prefix" != NONE && ++ program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" ++# Use a double $ so make ignores it. ++test "$program_suffix" != NONE && ++ program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" ++# Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes. ++# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. ++cat <<\_ACEOF >conftest.sed ++s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$// ++_ACEOF ++program_transform_name=`echo $program_transform_name | sed -f conftest.sed` ++rm -f conftest.sed ++ ++# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path ++am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` ++ ++test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ++# Use eval to expand $SHELL ++if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then ++ am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " ++else ++ am_missing_run= ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} ++fi ++ ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then ++ if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue ++ case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( ++ 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ ++ 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ ++ 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) ++ ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext ++ break 3;; ++ esac ++ done ++ done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++fi ++ ++ if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then ++ MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" ++ else ++ # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a ++ # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will ++ # break other packages using the cache if that directory is ++ # removed, or if the value is a relative name. ++ test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version ++ MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" ++ fi ++fi ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$MKDIR_P" >&6; } ++ ++mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P" ++case $mkdir_p in ++ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; ++ */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; ++esac ++ ++for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk ++do ++ # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -n "$AWK"; then ++ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. ++else ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 ++ break 2 ++ fi ++done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++fi ++fi ++AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK ++if test -n "$AWK"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AWK" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$AWK" >&6; } ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++fi ++ ++ ++ test -n "$AWK" && break ++done ++ ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++set x ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` ++if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF ++SHELL = /bin/sh ++all: ++ @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' ++_ACEOF ++# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. ++case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in ++ *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) ++ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; ++ *) ++ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; ++esac ++rm -f conftest.make ++fi ++if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6; } ++ SET_MAKE= ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++ SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" ++fi ++ ++rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null ++mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null ++if test -d .tst; then ++ am__leading_dot=. ++else ++ am__leading_dot=_ ++fi ++rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null ++ ++if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then ++ # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output ++ # is not polluted with repeated "-I." ++ am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' ++ # test to see if srcdir already configured ++ if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ fi ++fi ++ ++# test whether we have cygpath ++if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then ++ if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then ++ CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' ++ else ++ CYGPATH_W=echo ++ fi ++fi ++ ++ ++# Define the identity of the package. ++ PACKAGE='guile' ++ VERSION='1.8.5' ++ ++ ++cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF ++#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE" ++_ACEOF ++ ++ ++cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF ++#define VERSION "$VERSION" ++_ACEOF ++ ++# Some tools Automake needs. ++ ++ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} ++ ++ ++AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} ++ ++ ++AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} ++ ++ ++AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} ++ ++ ++MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} ++ ++install_sh=${install_sh-"\$(SHELL) $am_aux_dir/install-sh"} ++ ++# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user ++# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right ++# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake ++# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. ++if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then ++ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then ++ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -n "$STRIP"; then ++ ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. ++else ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 ++ break 2 ++ fi ++done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++fi ++fi ++STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP ++if test -n "$STRIP"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$STRIP" >&6; } ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++fi ++ ++ ++fi ++if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ++ ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP ++ # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ++ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. ++else ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 ++ break 2 ++ fi ++done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++fi ++fi ++ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP ++if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++fi ++ ++ if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then ++ STRIP=":" ++ else ++ case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in ++yes:) ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools ++whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this ++configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools ++whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this ++configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} ++ac_tool_warned=yes ;; ++esac ++ STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP ++ fi ++else ++ STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" ++fi ++ ++fi ++INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" ++ ++# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on ++# some platforms. ++# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. ++ ++AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"} ++ ++am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -' ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++ # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode was given. ++if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then ++ enableval=$enable_maintainer_mode; USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval ++else ++ USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no ++fi ++ ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6; } ++ if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then ++ MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE= ++ MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#' ++else ++ MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#' ++ MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE= ++fi ++ ++ MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), ++# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or ++# incompatible versions: ++# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install ++# SunOS /usr/etc/install ++# IRIX /sbin/install ++# AIX /bin/install ++# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs ++# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag ++# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args ++# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" ++# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic ++# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for a BSD-compatible install... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test -z "$INSTALL"; then ++if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. ++case $as_dir/ in ++ ./ | .// | /cC/* | \ ++ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ ++ ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \ ++ /usr/ucb/* ) ;; ++ *) ++ # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. ++ # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root ++ # by default. ++ for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ if test $ac_prog = install && ++ grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. ++ : ++ elif test $ac_prog = install && ++ grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. ++ : ++ else ++ ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" ++ break 3 ++ fi ++ fi ++ done ++ done ++ ;; ++esac ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++ ++fi ++ if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then ++ INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install ++ else ++ # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a ++ # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will ++ # break other packages using the cache if that directory is ++ # removed, or if the value is a relative name. ++ INSTALL=$ac_install_sh ++ fi ++fi ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$INSTALL" >&6; } ++ ++# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. ++# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. ++test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' ++ ++test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' ++ ++test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' ++ ++ac_ext=c ++ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ++ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ++ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ++ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ++if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then ++ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -n "$CC"; then ++ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. ++else ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 ++ break 2 ++ fi ++done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++fi ++fi ++CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC ++if test -n "$CC"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6; } ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++fi ++ ++ ++fi ++if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then ++ ac_ct_CC=$CC ++ # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ++ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. ++else ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 ++ break 2 ++ fi ++done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++fi ++fi ++ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC ++if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++fi ++ ++ if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then ++ CC="" ++ else ++ case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in ++yes:) ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools ++whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this ++configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools ++whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this ++configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} ++ac_tool_warned=yes ;; ++esac ++ CC=$ac_ct_CC ++ fi ++else ++ CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" ++fi ++ ++if test -z "$CC"; then ++ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then ++ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -n "$CC"; then ++ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. ++else ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 ++ break 2 ++ fi ++done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++fi ++fi ++CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC ++if test -n "$CC"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6; } ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++fi ++ ++ ++ fi ++fi ++if test -z "$CC"; then ++ # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -n "$CC"; then ++ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. ++else ++ ac_prog_rejected=no ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ++ ac_prog_rejected=yes ++ continue ++ fi ++ ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 ++ break 2 ++ fi ++done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then ++ # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. ++ set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC ++ shift ++ if test $# != 0; then ++ # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. ++ # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen ++ # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. ++ shift ++ ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" ++ fi ++fi ++fi ++fi ++CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC ++if test -n "$CC"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6; } ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++fi ++ ++ ++fi ++if test -z "$CC"; then ++ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then ++ for ac_prog in cl.exe ++ do ++ # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -n "$CC"; then ++ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. ++else ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 ++ break 2 ++ fi ++done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++fi ++fi ++CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC ++if test -n "$CC"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6; } ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++fi ++ ++ ++ test -n "$CC" && break ++ done ++fi ++if test -z "$CC"; then ++ ac_ct_CC=$CC ++ for ac_prog in cl.exe ++do ++ # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ++ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. ++else ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 ++ break 2 ++ fi ++done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++fi ++fi ++ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC ++if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++fi ++ ++ ++ test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break ++done ++ ++ if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then ++ CC="" ++ else ++ case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in ++yes:) ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools ++whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this ++configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools ++whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this ++configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} ++ac_tool_warned=yes ;; ++esac ++ CC=$ac_ct_CC ++ fi ++fi ++ ++fi ++ ++ ++test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ ++# Provide some information about the compiler. ++echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5 ++ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2` ++{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5 ++ ac_status=$? ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } ++{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5 ++ ac_status=$? ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } ++{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5 ++ ac_status=$? ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } ++ ++cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* confdefs.h. */ ++_ACEOF ++cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext ++cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* end confdefs.h. */ ++ ++int ++main () ++{ ++ ++ ; ++ return 0; ++} ++_ACEOF ++ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ++ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out" ++# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. ++# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition ++# of exeext. ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` ++# ++# List of possible output files, starting from the most likely. ++# The algorithm is not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) ++# only as a last resort. b.out is created by i960 compilers. ++ac_files='a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out' ++# ++# The IRIX 6 linker writes into existing files which may not be ++# executable, retaining their permissions. Remove them first so a ++# subsequent execution test works. ++ac_rmfiles= ++for ac_file in $ac_files ++do ++ case $ac_file in ++ *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.o | *.obj ) ;; ++ * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; ++ esac ++done ++rm -f $ac_rmfiles ++ ++if { (ac_try="$ac_link_default" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 ++ ac_status=$? ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); }; then ++ # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. ++# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' ++# in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, ++# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to ++# Autoconf. ++for ac_file in $ac_files '' ++do ++ test -f "$ac_file" || continue ++ case $ac_file in ++ *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.o | *.obj ) ++ ;; ++ [ab].out ) ++ # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most ++ # certainly right. ++ break;; ++ *.* ) ++ if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; ++ then :; else ++ ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` ++ fi ++ # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not ++ # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' ++ # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. ++ # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of ++ # actually working. ++ break;; ++ * ) ++ break;; ++ esac ++done ++test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= ++ ++else ++ ac_file='' ++fi ++ ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6; } ++if test -z "$ac_file"; then ++ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 ++sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ++ ++{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} ++ { (exit 77); exit 77; }; } ++fi ++ ++ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext ++ ++# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either ++# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0 ++# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program. ++if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then ++ if { ac_try='./$ac_file' ++ { (case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ++ ac_status=$? ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then ++ cross_compiling=no ++ else ++ if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then ++ cross_compiling=yes ++ else ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs. ++If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs. ++If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ fi ++ fi ++fi ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6; } ++ ++rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out ++ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save ++# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either ++# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6; } ++ ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if { (ac_try="$ac_link" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ++ ac_status=$? ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); }; then ++ # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) ++# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will ++# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with ++# `rm'. ++for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do ++ test -f "$ac_file" || continue ++ case $ac_file in ++ *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.o | *.obj ) ;; ++ *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` ++ break;; ++ * ) break;; ++ esac ++done ++else ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++ ++rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } ++ ++rm -f conftest.$ac_ext ++EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext ++ac_exeext=$EXEEXT ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* confdefs.h. */ ++_ACEOF ++cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext ++cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* end confdefs.h. */ ++ ++int ++main () ++{ ++ ++ ; ++ return 0; ++} ++_ACEOF ++rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj ++if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 ++ ac_status=$? ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); }; then ++ for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do ++ test -f "$ac_file" || continue; ++ case $ac_file in ++ *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf ) ;; ++ *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` ++ break;; ++ esac ++done ++else ++ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 ++sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ++ ++{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++ ++rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext ++fi ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } ++OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext ++ac_objext=$OBJEXT ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* confdefs.h. */ ++_ACEOF ++cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext ++cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* end confdefs.h. */ ++ ++int ++main () ++{ ++#ifndef __GNUC__ ++ choke me ++#endif ++ ++ ; ++ return 0; ++} ++_ACEOF ++rm -f conftest.$ac_objext ++if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 ++ ac_status=$? ++ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err ++ rm -f conftest.er1 ++ cat conftest.err >&5 ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } && { ++ test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || ++ test ! -s conftest.err ++ } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then ++ ac_compiler_gnu=yes ++else ++ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 ++sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ++ ++ ac_compiler_gnu=no ++fi ++ ++rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ++ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu ++ ++fi ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } ++GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes` ++ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} ++ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag ++ ac_c_werror_flag=yes ++ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no ++ CFLAGS="-g" ++ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* confdefs.h. */ ++_ACEOF ++cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext ++cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* end confdefs.h. */ ++ ++int ++main () ++{ ++ ++ ; ++ return 0; ++} ++_ACEOF ++rm -f conftest.$ac_objext ++if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 ++ ac_status=$? ++ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err ++ rm -f conftest.er1 ++ cat conftest.err >&5 ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } && { ++ test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || ++ test ! -s conftest.err ++ } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then ++ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes ++else ++ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 ++sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ++ ++ CFLAGS="" ++ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* confdefs.h. */ ++_ACEOF ++cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext ++cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* end confdefs.h. */ ++ ++int ++main () ++{ ++ ++ ; ++ return 0; ++} ++_ACEOF ++rm -f conftest.$ac_objext ++if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 ++ ac_status=$? ++ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err ++ rm -f conftest.er1 ++ cat conftest.err >&5 ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } && { ++ test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || ++ test ! -s conftest.err ++ } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then ++ : ++else ++ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 ++sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ++ ++ ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag ++ CFLAGS="-g" ++ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* confdefs.h. */ ++_ACEOF ++cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext ++cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* end confdefs.h. */ ++ ++int ++main () ++{ ++ ++ ; ++ return 0; ++} ++_ACEOF ++rm -f conftest.$ac_objext ++if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 ++ ac_status=$? ++ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err ++ rm -f conftest.er1 ++ cat conftest.err >&5 ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } && { ++ test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || ++ test ! -s conftest.err ++ } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then ++ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes ++else ++ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 ++sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ++ ++ ++fi ++ ++rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ++fi ++ ++rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ++fi ++ ++rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ++ ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag ++fi ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } ++if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then ++ CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS ++elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then ++ if test "$GCC" = yes; then ++ CFLAGS="-g -O2" ++ else ++ CFLAGS="-g" ++ fi ++else ++ if test "$GCC" = yes; then ++ CFLAGS="-O2" ++ else ++ CFLAGS= ++ fi ++fi ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no ++ac_save_CC=$CC ++cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* confdefs.h. */ ++_ACEOF ++cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext ++cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* end confdefs.h. */ ++#include ++#include ++#include ++#include ++/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ ++struct buf { int x; }; ++FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); ++static char *e (p, i) ++ char **p; ++ int i; ++{ ++ return p[i]; ++} ++static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) ++{ ++ char *s; ++ va_list v; ++ va_start (v,p); ++ s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); ++ va_end (v); ++ return s; ++} ++ ++/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has ++ function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. ++ These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated ++ as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get ++ proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an ++ array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something ++ that's true only with -std. */ ++int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; ++ ++/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters ++ inside strings and character constants. */ ++#define FOO(x) 'x' ++int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; ++ ++int test (int i, double x); ++struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; ++struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; ++int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); ++int argc; ++char **argv; ++int ++main () ++{ ++return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; ++ ; ++ return 0; ++} ++_ACEOF ++for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ ++ -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" ++do ++ CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" ++ rm -f conftest.$ac_objext ++if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 ++ ac_status=$? ++ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err ++ rm -f conftest.er1 ++ cat conftest.err >&5 ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } && { ++ test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || ++ test ! -s conftest.err ++ } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then ++ ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg ++else ++ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 ++sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ++ ++ ++fi ++ ++rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext ++ test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break ++done ++rm -f conftest.$ac_ext ++CC=$ac_save_CC ++ ++fi ++# AC_CACHE_VAL ++case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in ++ x) ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6; } ;; ++ xno) ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}unsupported" >&6; } ;; ++ *) ++ CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; ++esac ++ ++ ++ac_ext=c ++ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ++ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ++ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ++ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ++DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" ++ ++ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" ++ ++ ++am_make=${MAKE-make} ++cat > confinc << 'END' ++am__doit: ++ @echo done ++.PHONY: am__doit ++END ++# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for style of include used by $am_make... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++am__include="#" ++am__quote= ++_am_result=none ++# First try GNU make style include. ++echo "include confinc" > confmf ++# We grep out `Entering directory' and `Leaving directory' ++# messages which can occur if `w' ends up in MAKEFLAGS. ++# In particular we don't look at `^make:' because GNU make might ++# be invoked under some other name (usually "gmake"), in which ++# case it prints its new name instead of `make'. ++if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null | grep -v 'ing directory'`" = "done"; then ++ am__include=include ++ am__quote= ++ _am_result=GNU ++fi ++# Now try BSD make style include. ++if test "$am__include" = "#"; then ++ echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf ++ if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null`" = "done"; then ++ am__include=.include ++ am__quote="\"" ++ _am_result=BSD ++ fi ++fi ++ ++ ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $_am_result" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$_am_result" >&6; } ++rm -f confinc confmf ++ ++# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. ++if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then ++ enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; ++fi ++ ++if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then ++ am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" ++ AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' ++fi ++ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then ++ AMDEP_TRUE= ++ AMDEP_FALSE='#' ++else ++ AMDEP_TRUE='#' ++ AMDEP_FALSE= ++fi ++ ++ ++ ++depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= ++ ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking dependency style of $depcc... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then ++ # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up ++ # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For ++ # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up ++ # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output ++ # in D'. ++ mkdir conftest.dir ++ # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're ++ # using a relative directory. ++ cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir ++ cd conftest.dir ++ # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because ++ # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance ++ # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a ++ # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in ++ # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object ++ # directory. ++ mkdir sub ++ ++ am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none ++ if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then ++ am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` ++ fi ++ for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do ++ # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers ++ # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and ++ # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ++ # ++ # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may ++ # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. ++ # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. ++ : > sub/conftest.c ++ for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do ++ echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c ++ # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with ++ # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. ++ touch sub/conftst$i.h ++ done ++ echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf ++ ++ case $depmode in ++ nosideeffect) ++ # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll ++ # only be used when explicitly requested ++ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then ++ continue ++ else ++ break ++ fi ++ ;; ++ none) break ;; ++ esac ++ # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" ++ # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly ++ # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. ++ if depmode=$depmode \ ++ source=sub/conftest.c object=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} \ ++ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ ++ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c -o sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.c \ ++ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && ++ grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ++ grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ++ grep sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ++ ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then ++ # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings ++ # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message ++ # that says an option was ignored or not supported. ++ # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: ++ # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required ++ # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: ++ # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported ++ if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || ++ grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else ++ am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode ++ break ++ fi ++ fi ++ done ++ ++ cd .. ++ rm -rf conftest.dir ++else ++ am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none ++fi ++ ++fi ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } ++CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type ++ ++ if ++ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ ++ && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then ++ am__fastdepCC_TRUE= ++ am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' ++else ++ am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' ++ am__fastdepCC_FALSE= ++fi ++ ++ ++ac_ext=c ++ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ++ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ++ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ++ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. ++if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then ++ CPP= ++fi ++if test -z "$CPP"; then ++ if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded ++ for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" ++ do ++ ac_preproc_ok=false ++for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes ++do ++ # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc ++ # with a fresh cross-compiler works. ++ # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since ++ # exists even on freestanding compilers. ++ # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, ++ # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. ++ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* confdefs.h. */ ++_ACEOF ++cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext ++cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* end confdefs.h. */ ++#ifdef __STDC__ ++# include ++#else ++# include ++#endif ++ Syntax error ++_ACEOF ++if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ++ ac_status=$? ++ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err ++ rm -f conftest.er1 ++ cat conftest.err >&5 ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { ++ test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || ++ test ! -s conftest.err ++ }; then ++ : ++else ++ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 ++sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ++ ++ # Broken: fails on valid input. ++continue ++fi ++ ++rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext ++ ++ # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers ++ # can be detected and how. ++ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* confdefs.h. */ ++_ACEOF ++cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext ++cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* end confdefs.h. */ ++#include ++_ACEOF ++if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ++ ac_status=$? ++ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err ++ rm -f conftest.er1 ++ cat conftest.err >&5 ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { ++ test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || ++ test ! -s conftest.err ++ }; then ++ # Broken: success on invalid input. ++continue ++else ++ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 ++sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ++ ++ # Passes both tests. ++ac_preproc_ok=: ++break ++fi ++ ++rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext ++ ++done ++# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. ++rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext ++if $ac_preproc_ok; then ++ break ++fi ++ ++ done ++ ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP ++ ++fi ++ CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP ++else ++ ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP ++fi ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6; } ++ac_preproc_ok=false ++for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes ++do ++ # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc ++ # with a fresh cross-compiler works. ++ # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since ++ # exists even on freestanding compilers. ++ # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, ++ # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. ++ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* confdefs.h. */ ++_ACEOF ++cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext ++cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* end confdefs.h. */ ++#ifdef __STDC__ ++# include ++#else ++# include ++#endif ++ Syntax error ++_ACEOF ++if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ++ ac_status=$? ++ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err ++ rm -f conftest.er1 ++ cat conftest.err >&5 ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { ++ test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || ++ test ! -s conftest.err ++ }; then ++ : ++else ++ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 ++sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ++ ++ # Broken: fails on valid input. ++continue ++fi ++ ++rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext ++ ++ # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers ++ # can be detected and how. ++ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* confdefs.h. */ ++_ACEOF ++cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext ++cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF ++/* end confdefs.h. */ ++#include ++_ACEOF ++if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" ++case "(($ac_try" in ++ *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; ++ *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; ++esac ++eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 ++ (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 ++ ac_status=$? ++ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err ++ rm -f conftest.er1 ++ cat conftest.err >&5 ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 ++ (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { ++ test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || ++ test ! -s conftest.err ++ }; then ++ # Broken: success on invalid input. ++continue ++else ++ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 ++sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ++ ++ # Passes both tests. ++ac_preproc_ok=: ++break ++fi ++ ++rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext ++ ++done ++# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. ++rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext ++if $ac_preproc_ok; then ++ : ++else ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check ++See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++ ++ac_ext=c ++ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ++ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ++ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ++ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ++ ++for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk ++do ++ # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -n "$AWK"; then ++ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. ++else ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 ++ break 2 ++ fi ++done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++fi ++fi ++AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK ++if test -n "$AWK"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AWK" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$AWK" >&6; } ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++fi ++ ++ ++ test -n "$AWK" && break ++done ++ ++ ++# Extract the first word of "makeinfo", so it can be a program name with args. ++set dummy makeinfo; ac_word=$2 ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 ++echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } ++if test "${ac_cv_prog_have_makeinfo+set}" = set; then ++ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 ++else ++ if test -n "$have_makeinfo"; then ++ ac_cv_prog_have_makeinfo="$have_makeinfo" # Let the user override the test. ++else ++as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ++ if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then ++ ac_cv_prog_have_makeinfo="yes" ++ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 ++ break 2 ++ fi ++done ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++ test -z "$ac_cv_prog_have_makeinfo" && ac_cv_prog_have_makeinfo="no" ++fi ++fi ++have_makeinfo=$ac_cv_prog_have_makeinfo ++if test -n "$have_makeinfo"; then ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $have_makeinfo" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}$have_makeinfo" >&6; } ++else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 ++echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } ++fi ++ ++ ++ if test "$have_makeinfo" = yes; then ++ HAVE_MAKEINFO_TRUE= ++ HAVE_MAKEINFO_FALSE='#' ++else ++ HAVE_MAKEINFO_TRUE='#' ++ HAVE_MAKEINFO_FALSE= ++fi ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile doc/Makefile doc/goops/Makefile doc/ref/Makefile" ++ ++ ++cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF ++# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure ++# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure ++# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. ++# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't ++# want to keep, you may remove or edit it. ++# ++# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it ++# the --recheck option to rerun configure. ++# ++# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when ++# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the ++# following values. ++ ++_ACEOF ++ ++# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, ++# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. ++# So, we kill variables containing newlines. ++# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, ++# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. ++( ++ for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do ++ eval ac_val=\$$ac_var ++ case $ac_val in #( ++ *${as_nl}*) ++ case $ac_var in #( ++ *_cv_*) { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&2;} ;; ++ esac ++ case $ac_var in #( ++ _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( ++ *) $as_unset $ac_var ;; ++ esac ;; ++ esac ++ done ++ ++ (set) 2>&1 | ++ case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( ++ *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) ++ # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote ++ # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). ++ sed -n \ ++ "s/'/'\\\\''/g; ++ s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" ++ ;; #( ++ *) ++ # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. ++ sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ++ ;; ++ esac | ++ sort ++) | ++ sed ' ++ /^ac_cv_env_/b end ++ t clear ++ :clear ++ s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ ++ t end ++ s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ ++ :end' >>confcache ++if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else ++ if test -w "$cache_file"; then ++ test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} ++ cat confcache >$cache_file ++ else ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} ++ fi ++fi ++rm -f confcache ++ ++test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix ++# Let make expand exec_prefix. ++test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' ++ ++# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. ++# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. ++# Protect against Makefile macro expansion. ++# ++# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that ++# take arguments), then branch to the quote section. Otherwise, ++# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments. ++ac_script=' ++t clear ++:clear ++s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g ++t quote ++s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g ++t quote ++b any ++:quote ++s/[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g ++s/\[/\\&/g ++s/\]/\\&/g ++s/\$/$$/g ++H ++:any ++${ ++ g ++ s/^\n// ++ s/\n/ /g ++ p ++} ++' ++DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h` ++ ++ ++ac_libobjs= ++ac_ltlibobjs= ++for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue ++ # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. ++ ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' ++ ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` ++ # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR ++ # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. ++ ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" ++ ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' ++done ++LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs ++ ++LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs ++ ++ ++if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. ++Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. ++Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. ++Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. ++Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. ++Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. ++Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++if test -z "${HAVE_MAKEINFO_TRUE}" && test -z "${HAVE_MAKEINFO_FALSE}"; then ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"HAVE_MAKEINFO\" was never defined. ++Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"HAVE_MAKEINFO\" was never defined. ++Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++fi ++ ++: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} ++ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ++ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" ++{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} ++cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF ++#! $SHELL ++# Generated by $as_me. ++# Run this file to recreate the current configuration. ++# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging ++# configure, is in config.log if it exists. ++ ++debug=false ++ac_cs_recheck=false ++ac_cs_silent=false ++SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} ++_ACEOF ++ ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF ++## --------------------- ## ++## M4sh Initialization. ## ++## --------------------- ## ++ ++# Be more Bourne compatible ++DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh ++if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ emulate sh ++ NULLCMD=: ++ # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ++ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. ++ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' ++ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST ++else ++ case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in ++ *posix*) set -o posix ;; ++esac ++ ++fi ++ ++ ++ ++ ++# PATH needs CR ++# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. ++as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' ++as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' ++as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS ++as_cr_digits='0123456789' ++as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits ++ ++# The user is always right. ++if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then ++ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh ++ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh ++ chmod +x conf$$.sh ++ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ PATH_SEPARATOR=';' ++ else ++ PATH_SEPARATOR=: ++ fi ++ rm -f conf$$.sh ++fi ++ ++# Support unset when possible. ++if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ as_unset=unset ++else ++ as_unset=false ++fi ++ ++ ++# IFS ++# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is ++# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. ++# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word ++# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) ++as_nl=' ++' ++IFS=" "" $as_nl" ++ ++# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. ++case $0 in ++ *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; ++ *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR ++for as_dir in $PATH ++do ++ IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. ++ test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break ++done ++IFS=$as_save_IFS ++ ++ ;; ++esac ++# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' ++# in which case we are not to be found in the path. ++if test "x$as_myself" = x; then ++ as_myself=$0 ++fi ++if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then ++ echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; } ++fi ++ ++# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. ++for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH ++do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var ++done ++PS1='$ ' ++PS2='> ' ++PS4='+ ' ++ ++# NLS nuisances. ++for as_var in \ ++ LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \ ++ LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \ ++ LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME ++do ++ if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then ++ eval $as_var=C; export $as_var ++ else ++ ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var ++ fi ++done ++ ++# Required to use basename. ++if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && ++ test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then ++ as_expr=expr ++else ++ as_expr=false ++fi ++ ++if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then ++ as_basename=basename ++else ++ as_basename=false ++fi ++ ++ ++# Name of the executable. ++as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || ++$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ ++ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ ++ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || ++echo X/"$0" | ++ sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ s/.*/./; q'` ++ ++# CDPATH. ++$as_unset CDPATH ++ ++ ++ ++ as_lineno_1=$LINENO ++ as_lineno_2=$LINENO ++ test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && ++ test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { ++ ++ # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO ++ # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a ++ # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed' ++ # does the real work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each ++ # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends ++ # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special ++ # case at line end. ++ # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the ++ # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini. Blame Lee ++ # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) ++ sed -n ' ++ p ++ /[$]LINENO/= ++ ' <$as_myself | ++ sed ' ++ s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ ++ t lineno ++ b ++ :lineno ++ N ++ :loop ++ s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ ++ t loop ++ s/-\n.*// ++ ' >$as_me.lineno && ++ chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || ++ { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ ++ # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems ++ # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the ++ # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). ++ . "./$as_me.lineno" ++ # Exit status is that of the last command. ++ exit ++} ++ ++ ++if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ as_dirname=dirname ++else ++ as_dirname=false ++fi ++ ++ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= ++case `echo -n x` in ++-n*) ++ case `echo 'x\c'` in ++ *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. ++ *) ECHO_C='\c';; ++ esac;; ++*) ++ ECHO_N='-n';; ++esac ++ ++if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && ++ test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then ++ as_expr=expr ++else ++ as_expr=false ++fi ++ ++rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file ++if test -d conf$$.dir; then ++ rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file ++else ++ rm -f conf$$.dir ++ mkdir conf$$.dir ++fi ++echo >conf$$.file ++if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then ++ as_ln_s='ln -s' ++ # ... but there are two gotchas: ++ # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. ++ # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. ++ # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. ++ ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || ++ as_ln_s='cp -p' ++elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then ++ as_ln_s=ln ++else ++ as_ln_s='cp -p' ++fi ++rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file ++rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null ++ ++if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then ++ as_mkdir_p=: ++else ++ test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p ++ as_mkdir_p=false ++fi ++ ++if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ as_test_x='test -x' ++else ++ if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ as_ls_L_option=L ++ else ++ as_ls_L_option= ++ fi ++ as_test_x=' ++ eval sh -c '\'' ++ if test -d "$1"; then ++ test -d "$1/."; ++ else ++ case $1 in ++ -*)set "./$1";; ++ esac; ++ case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in ++ ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi ++ '\'' sh ++ ' ++fi ++as_executable_p=$as_test_x ++ ++# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. ++as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" ++ ++# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. ++as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" ++ ++ ++exec 6>&1 ++ ++# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to ++# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their ++# values after options handling. ++ac_log=" ++This file was extended by guile $as_me 1.8.5, which was ++generated by GNU Autoconf 2.61. Invocation command line was ++ ++ CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES ++ CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS ++ CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS ++ CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS ++ $ $0 $@ ++ ++on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` ++" ++ ++_ACEOF ++ ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF ++# Files that config.status was made for. ++config_files="$ac_config_files" ++config_commands="$ac_config_commands" ++ ++_ACEOF ++ ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF ++ac_cs_usage="\ ++\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the ++current configuration. ++ ++Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]... ++ ++ -h, --help print this help, then exit ++ -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit ++ -q, --quiet do not print progress messages ++ -d, --debug don't remove temporary files ++ --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions ++ --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] ++ instantiate the configuration file FILE ++ ++Configuration files: ++$config_files ++ ++Configuration commands: ++$config_commands ++ ++Report bugs to ." ++ ++_ACEOF ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF ++ac_cs_version="\\ ++guile config.status 1.8.5 ++configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.61, ++ with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\" ++ ++Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." ++ ++ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' ++srcdir='$srcdir' ++INSTALL='$INSTALL' ++MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' ++_ACEOF ++ ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF ++# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default ++# value. By we need to know if files were specified by the user. ++ac_need_defaults=: ++while test $# != 0 ++do ++ case $1 in ++ --*=*) ++ ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ++ ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ++ ac_shift=: ++ ;; ++ *) ++ ac_option=$1 ++ ac_optarg=$2 ++ ac_shift=shift ++ ;; ++ esac ++ ++ case $ac_option in ++ # Handling of the options. ++ -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) ++ ac_cs_recheck=: ;; ++ --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) ++ echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; ++ --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) ++ debug=: ;; ++ --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) ++ $ac_shift ++ CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg" ++ ac_need_defaults=false;; ++ --he | --h | --help | --hel | -h ) ++ echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; ++ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ ++ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) ++ ac_cs_silent=: ;; ++ ++ # This is an error. ++ -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1 ++Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; ++ ++ *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ++ ac_need_defaults=false ;; ++ ++ esac ++ shift ++done ++ ++ac_configure_extra_args= ++ ++if $ac_cs_silent; then ++ exec 6>/dev/null ++ ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" ++fi ++ ++_ACEOF ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF ++if \$ac_cs_recheck; then ++ echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL $SHELL $0 "$ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6 ++ CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL ++ export CONFIG_SHELL ++ exec $SHELL "$0"$ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion ++fi ++ ++_ACEOF ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF ++exec 5>>config.log ++{ ++ echo ++ sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX ++## Running $as_me. ## ++_ASBOX ++ echo "$ac_log" ++} >&5 ++ ++_ACEOF ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF ++# ++# INIT-COMMANDS ++# ++AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" ++ ++_ACEOF ++ ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF ++ ++# Handling of arguments. ++for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets ++do ++ case $ac_config_target in ++ "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; ++ "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; ++ "doc/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/Makefile" ;; ++ "doc/goops/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/goops/Makefile" ;; ++ "doc/ref/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/ref/Makefile" ;; ++ ++ *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; ++ esac ++done ++ ++ ++# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, ++# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. ++# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely ++# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. ++if $ac_need_defaults; then ++ test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files ++ test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands ++fi ++ ++# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree ++# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, ++# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. ++# Hook for its removal unless debugging. ++# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: ++# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. ++$debug || ++{ ++ tmp= ++ trap 'exit_status=$? ++ { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status ++' 0 ++ trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15 ++} ++# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. ++ ++{ ++ tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && ++ test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ++} || ++{ ++ tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM ++ (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") ++} || ++{ ++ echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2 ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; } ++} ++ ++# ++# Set up the sed scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. ++# ++ ++# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES. ++# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h ++if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then ++ ++_ACEOF ++ ++ ++ ++ac_delim='%!_!# ' ++for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do ++ cat >conf$$subs.sed <<_ACEOF ++SHELL!$SHELL$ac_delim ++PATH_SEPARATOR!$PATH_SEPARATOR$ac_delim ++PACKAGE_NAME!$PACKAGE_NAME$ac_delim ++PACKAGE_TARNAME!$PACKAGE_TARNAME$ac_delim ++PACKAGE_VERSION!$PACKAGE_VERSION$ac_delim ++PACKAGE_STRING!$PACKAGE_STRING$ac_delim ++PACKAGE_BUGREPORT!$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT$ac_delim ++exec_prefix!$exec_prefix$ac_delim ++prefix!$prefix$ac_delim ++program_transform_name!$program_transform_name$ac_delim ++bindir!$bindir$ac_delim ++sbindir!$sbindir$ac_delim ++libexecdir!$libexecdir$ac_delim ++datarootdir!$datarootdir$ac_delim ++datadir!$datadir$ac_delim ++sysconfdir!$sysconfdir$ac_delim ++sharedstatedir!$sharedstatedir$ac_delim ++localstatedir!$localstatedir$ac_delim ++includedir!$includedir$ac_delim ++oldincludedir!$oldincludedir$ac_delim ++docdir!$docdir$ac_delim ++infodir!$infodir$ac_delim ++htmldir!$htmldir$ac_delim ++dvidir!$dvidir$ac_delim ++pdfdir!$pdfdir$ac_delim ++psdir!$psdir$ac_delim ++libdir!$libdir$ac_delim ++localedir!$localedir$ac_delim ++mandir!$mandir$ac_delim ++DEFS!$DEFS$ac_delim ++ECHO_C!$ECHO_C$ac_delim ++ECHO_N!$ECHO_N$ac_delim ++ECHO_T!$ECHO_T$ac_delim ++LIBS!$LIBS$ac_delim ++build_alias!$build_alias$ac_delim ++host_alias!$host_alias$ac_delim ++target_alias!$target_alias$ac_delim ++INSTALL_PROGRAM!$INSTALL_PROGRAM$ac_delim ++INSTALL_SCRIPT!$INSTALL_SCRIPT$ac_delim ++INSTALL_DATA!$INSTALL_DATA$ac_delim ++am__isrc!$am__isrc$ac_delim ++CYGPATH_W!$CYGPATH_W$ac_delim ++PACKAGE!$PACKAGE$ac_delim ++VERSION!$VERSION$ac_delim ++ACLOCAL!$ACLOCAL$ac_delim ++AUTOCONF!$AUTOCONF$ac_delim ++AUTOMAKE!$AUTOMAKE$ac_delim ++AUTOHEADER!$AUTOHEADER$ac_delim ++MAKEINFO!$MAKEINFO$ac_delim ++install_sh!$install_sh$ac_delim ++STRIP!$STRIP$ac_delim ++INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM!$INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM$ac_delim ++mkdir_p!$mkdir_p$ac_delim ++AWK!$AWK$ac_delim ++SET_MAKE!$SET_MAKE$ac_delim ++am__leading_dot!$am__leading_dot$ac_delim ++AMTAR!$AMTAR$ac_delim ++am__tar!$am__tar$ac_delim ++am__untar!$am__untar$ac_delim ++MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE!$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE$ac_delim ++MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE!$MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE$ac_delim ++MAINT!$MAINT$ac_delim ++CC!$CC$ac_delim ++CFLAGS!$CFLAGS$ac_delim ++LDFLAGS!$LDFLAGS$ac_delim ++CPPFLAGS!$CPPFLAGS$ac_delim ++ac_ct_CC!$ac_ct_CC$ac_delim ++EXEEXT!$EXEEXT$ac_delim ++OBJEXT!$OBJEXT$ac_delim ++DEPDIR!$DEPDIR$ac_delim ++am__include!$am__include$ac_delim ++am__quote!$am__quote$ac_delim ++AMDEP_TRUE!$AMDEP_TRUE$ac_delim ++AMDEP_FALSE!$AMDEP_FALSE$ac_delim ++AMDEPBACKSLASH!$AMDEPBACKSLASH$ac_delim ++CCDEPMODE!$CCDEPMODE$ac_delim ++am__fastdepCC_TRUE!$am__fastdepCC_TRUE$ac_delim ++am__fastdepCC_FALSE!$am__fastdepCC_FALSE$ac_delim ++CPP!$CPP$ac_delim ++have_makeinfo!$have_makeinfo$ac_delim ++HAVE_MAKEINFO_TRUE!$HAVE_MAKEINFO_TRUE$ac_delim ++HAVE_MAKEINFO_FALSE!$HAVE_MAKEINFO_FALSE$ac_delim ++LIBOBJS!$LIBOBJS$ac_delim ++LTLIBOBJS!$LTLIBOBJS$ac_delim ++_ACEOF ++ ++ if test `sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.sed | grep -c X` = 84; then ++ break ++ elif $ac_last_try; then ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ++ else ++ ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " ++ fi ++done ++ ++ac_eof=`sed -n '/^CEOF[0-9]*$/s/CEOF/0/p' conf$$subs.sed` ++if test -n "$ac_eof"; then ++ ac_eof=`echo "$ac_eof" | sort -nru | sed 1q` ++ ac_eof=`expr $ac_eof + 1` ++fi ++ ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF ++cat >"\$tmp/subs-1.sed" <<\CEOF$ac_eof ++/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b end ++_ACEOF ++sed ' ++s/[,\\&]/\\&/g; s/@/@|#_!!_#|/g ++s/^/s,@/; s/!/@,|#_!!_#|/ ++:n ++t n ++s/'"$ac_delim"'$/,g/; t ++s/$/\\/; p ++N; s/^.*\n//; s/[,\\&]/\\&/g; s/@/@|#_!!_#|/g; b n ++' >>$CONFIG_STATUS >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF ++:end ++s/|#_!!_#|//g ++CEOF$ac_eof ++_ACEOF ++ ++ ++# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir), ++# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and ++# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty ++# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). ++if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ++ ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{ ++s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/ ++s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/ ++s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/ ++s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/ ++s/:*$// ++s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// ++}' ++fi ++ ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF ++fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" ++ ++ ++for ac_tag in :F $CONFIG_FILES :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS ++do ++ case $ac_tag in ++ :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; ++ esac ++ case $ac_mode$ac_tag in ++ :[FHL]*:*);; ++ :L* | :C*:*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Invalid tag $ac_tag." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: Invalid tag $ac_tag." >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; ++ :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; ++ :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; ++ esac ++ ac_save_IFS=$IFS ++ IFS=: ++ set x $ac_tag ++ IFS=$ac_save_IFS ++ shift ++ ac_file=$1 ++ shift ++ ++ case $ac_mode in ++ :L) ac_source=$1;; ++ :[FH]) ++ ac_file_inputs= ++ for ac_f ++ do ++ case $ac_f in ++ -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";; ++ *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree ++ # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, ++ # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. ++ test -f "$ac_f" || ++ case $ac_f in ++ [\\/$]*) false;; ++ *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; ++ esac || ++ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; ++ esac ++ ac_file_inputs="$ac_file_inputs $ac_f" ++ done ++ ++ # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't ++ # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: ++ # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ ++ configure_input="Generated from "`IFS=: ++ echo $* | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'`" by configure." ++ if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then ++ configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} ++ fi ++ ++ case $ac_tag in ++ *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin";; ++ esac ++ ;; ++ esac ++ ++ ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || ++$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ ++ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ ++ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ ++ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || ++echo X"$ac_file" | ++ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\).*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ s/.*/./; q'` ++ { as_dir="$ac_dir" ++ case $as_dir in #( ++ -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; ++ esac ++ test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || { ++ as_dirs= ++ while :; do ++ case $as_dir in #( ++ *\'*) as_qdir=`echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #( ++ *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; ++ esac ++ as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" ++ as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || ++$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ ++ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ ++ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ ++ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || ++echo X"$as_dir" | ++ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\).*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ s/.*/./; q'` ++ test -d "$as_dir" && break ++ done ++ test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" ++ } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } ++ ac_builddir=. ++ ++case "$ac_dir" in ++.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; ++*) ++ ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'` ++ # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ++ ac_top_builddir_sub=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,/..,g;s,/,,'` ++ case $ac_top_builddir_sub in ++ "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; ++ *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; ++ esac ;; ++esac ++ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ++ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix ++# for backward compatibility: ++ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix ++ ++case $srcdir in ++ .) # We are building in place. ++ ac_srcdir=. ++ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ++ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; ++ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ++ ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ++ ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ++ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; ++ *) # Relative name. ++ ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ++ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ++ ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; ++esac ++ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ++ ++ ++ case $ac_mode in ++ :F) ++ # ++ # CONFIG_FILE ++ # ++ ++ case $INSTALL in ++ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; ++ *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; ++ esac ++ ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P ++ case $MKDIR_P in ++ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; ++ */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; ++ esac ++_ACEOF ++ ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF ++# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. ++# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. ++ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= ++ ++case `sed -n '/datarootdir/ { ++ p ++ q ++} ++/@datadir@/p ++/@docdir@/p ++/@infodir@/p ++/@localedir@/p ++/@mandir@/p ++' $ac_file_inputs` in ++*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; ++*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} ++_ACEOF ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF ++ ac_datarootdir_hack=' ++ s&@datadir@&$datadir&g ++ s&@docdir@&$docdir&g ++ s&@infodir@&$infodir&g ++ s&@localedir@&$localedir&g ++ s&@mandir@&$mandir&g ++ s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; ++esac ++_ACEOF ++ ++# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. ++# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. ++# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF ++ sed "$ac_vpsub ++$extrasub ++_ACEOF ++cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF ++:t ++/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b ++s&@configure_input@&$configure_input&;t t ++s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t ++s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t ++s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t ++s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t ++s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t ++s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t ++s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t ++s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t ++s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t ++s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t ++$ac_datarootdir_hack ++" $ac_file_inputs | sed -f "$tmp/subs-1.sed" >$tmp/out ++ ++test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && ++ { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && ++ { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && ++ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' ++which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&5 ++echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' ++which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&2;} ++ ++ rm -f "$tmp/stdin" ++ case $ac_file in ++ -) cat "$tmp/out"; rm -f "$tmp/out";; ++ *) rm -f "$ac_file"; mv "$tmp/out" $ac_file;; ++ esac ++ ;; ++ ++ ++ :C) { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} ++ ;; ++ esac ++ ++ ++ case $ac_file$ac_mode in ++ "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || for mf in $CONFIG_FILES; do ++ # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. ++ mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` ++ # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. ++ # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but ++ # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. ++ # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process ++ # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. ++ # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line ++ # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. ++ if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" || ++$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ ++ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ ++ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ ++ X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || ++echo X"$mf" | ++ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\).*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ s/.*/./; q'` ++ else ++ continue ++ fi ++ # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote ++ # from the Makefile without running `make'. ++ DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` ++ test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue ++ am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` ++ test -z "am__include" && continue ++ am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` ++ # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it ++ U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` ++ # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with ++ # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the ++ # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the ++ # expansion. ++ for file in `sed -n " ++ s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ ++ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do ++ # Make sure the directory exists. ++ test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue ++ fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" || ++$as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ ++ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ ++ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ ++ X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || ++echo X"$file" | ++ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\).*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ s/.*/./; q'` ++ { as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir ++ case $as_dir in #( ++ -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; ++ esac ++ test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || { ++ as_dirs= ++ while :; do ++ case $as_dir in #( ++ *\'*) as_qdir=`echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #( ++ *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; ++ esac ++ as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" ++ as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || ++$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ ++ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ ++ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ ++ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || ++echo X"$as_dir" | ++ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\).*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ s/.*/./; q'` ++ test -d "$as_dir" && break ++ done ++ test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" ++ } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5 ++echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;} ++ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } ++ # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" ++ echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" ++ done ++done ++ ;; ++ ++ esac ++done # for ac_tag ++ ++ ++{ (exit 0); exit 0; } ++_ACEOF ++chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS ++ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save ++ ++ ++# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. ++# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. ++# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open ++# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its ++# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, ++# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and ++# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we ++# need to make the FD available again. ++if test "$no_create" != yes; then ++ ac_cs_success=: ++ ac_config_status_args= ++ test "$silent" = yes && ++ ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" ++ exec 5>/dev/null ++ $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false ++ exec 5>>config.log ++ # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which ++ # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. ++ $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; } ++fi ++ ++ +Index: sid-non-dfsg/doc/Makefile.in +=================================================================== +--- /dev/null ++++ sid-non-dfsg/doc/Makefile.in +@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@ ++# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. ++# @configure_input@ ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, ++# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation ++# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, ++# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. ++ ++# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without ++# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A ++# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ++ ++@SET_MAKE@ ++VPATH = @srcdir@ ++pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ ++pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ ++pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ ++am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd ++install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 ++install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c ++install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c ++INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) ++transform = $(program_transform_name) ++NORMAL_INSTALL = : ++PRE_INSTALL = : ++POST_INSTALL = : ++NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : ++PRE_UNINSTALL = : ++POST_UNINSTALL = : ++subdir = doc ++DIST_COMMON = README $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ ++ ChangeLog NEWS THANKS ++ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 ++am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in ++am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ ++ $(ACLOCAL_M4) ++mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d ++CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = ++SOURCES = ++DIST_SOURCES = ++RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ ++ html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ ++ install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ ++ install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ ++ install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ ++ installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ ++ ps-recursive uninstall-recursive ++RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ ++ distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive ++ETAGS = etags ++CTAGS = ctags ++DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) ++DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ++ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ ++AMTAR = @AMTAR@ ++AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ ++AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ ++AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ ++AWK = @AWK@ ++CC = @CC@ ++CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ ++CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ ++CPP = @CPP@ ++CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ ++CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ ++DEFS = @DEFS@ ++DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ++ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ++ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ++ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ ++EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ ++INSTALL = @INSTALL@ ++INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ ++INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ ++INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ ++INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ ++LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ ++LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ ++LIBS = @LIBS@ ++LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ ++MAINT = @MAINT@ ++MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ ++MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ ++OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ ++PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ ++PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ ++PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ ++PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ ++PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ ++PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ ++PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ ++SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ ++SHELL = @SHELL@ ++STRIP = @STRIP@ ++VERSION = @VERSION@ ++abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ ++abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ ++abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ ++abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ++ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ++am__include = @am__include@ ++am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ ++am__quote = @am__quote@ ++am__tar = @am__tar@ ++am__untar = @am__untar@ ++bindir = @bindir@ ++build_alias = @build_alias@ ++builddir = @builddir@ ++datadir = @datadir@ ++datarootdir = @datarootdir@ ++docdir = @docdir@ ++dvidir = @dvidir@ ++exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ ++have_makeinfo = @have_makeinfo@ ++host_alias = @host_alias@ ++htmldir = @htmldir@ ++includedir = @includedir@ ++infodir = @infodir@ ++install_sh = @install_sh@ ++libdir = @libdir@ ++libexecdir = @libexecdir@ ++localedir = @localedir@ ++localstatedir = @localstatedir@ ++mandir = @mandir@ ++mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ ++oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ ++pdfdir = @pdfdir@ ++prefix = @prefix@ ++program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ ++psdir = @psdir@ ++sbindir = @sbindir@ ++sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ ++srcdir = @srcdir@ ++sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ ++target_alias = @target_alias@ ++top_builddir = @top_builddir@ ++top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ ++AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu ++SUBDIRS = ref goops ++EXAMPLE_SMOB_FILES = \ ++ ChangeLog Makefile README image-type.c image-type.h myguile.c ++ ++all: all-recursive ++ ++.SUFFIXES: ++$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) ++ @for dep in $?; do \ ++ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ ++ *$$dep*) \ ++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ ++ && exit 0; \ ++ exit 1;; \ ++ esac; \ ++ done; \ ++ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile'; \ ++ cd $(top_srcdir) && \ ++ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile ++.PRECIOUS: Makefile ++Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status ++ @case '$?' in \ ++ *config.status*) \ ++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ ++ *) \ ++ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ ++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ ++ esac; ++ ++$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) ++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ++ ++$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) ++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ++$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) ++ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ++ ++# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd ++# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. ++# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, ++# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' ++# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); ++# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. ++$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): ++ @failcom='exit 1'; \ ++ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ ++ case $$f in \ ++ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ ++ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ ++ esac; \ ++ done; \ ++ dot_seen=no; \ ++ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ ++ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ ++ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ ++ dot_seen=yes; \ ++ local_target="$$target-am"; \ ++ else \ ++ local_target="$$target"; \ ++ fi; \ ++ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ ++ || eval $$failcom; \ ++ done; \ ++ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ ++ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ ++ fi; test -z "$$fail" ++ ++$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): ++ @failcom='exit 1'; \ ++ for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ ++ case $$f in \ ++ *=* | --[!k]*);; \ ++ *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ ++ esac; \ ++ done; \ ++ dot_seen=no; \ ++ case "$@" in \ ++ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ ++ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ ++ esac; \ ++ rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ ++ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ ++ fi; \ ++ done; \ ++ rev="$$rev ."; \ ++ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ ++ for subdir in $$rev; do \ ++ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ ++ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ ++ local_target="$$target-am"; \ ++ else \ ++ local_target="$$target"; \ ++ fi; \ ++ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ ++ || eval $$failcom; \ ++ done && test -z "$$fail" ++tags-recursive: ++ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ ++ done ++ctags-recursive: ++ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ ++ done ++ ++ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) ++ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ ++ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ ++ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ ++ done | \ ++ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonemtpy = 1; } \ ++ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ ++ mkid -fID $$unique ++tags: TAGS ++ ++TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ ++ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) ++ tags=; \ ++ here=`pwd`; \ ++ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ ++ include_option=--etags-include; \ ++ empty_fix=.; \ ++ else \ ++ include_option=--include; \ ++ empty_fix=; \ ++ fi; \ ++ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ ++ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ ++ tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ ++ fi; \ ++ done; \ ++ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ ++ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ ++ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ ++ done | \ ++ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ ++ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ ++ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \ ++ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ ++ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ ++ $$tags $$unique; \ ++ fi ++ctags: CTAGS ++CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ ++ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) ++ tags=; \ ++ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ ++ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ ++ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ ++ done | \ ++ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ ++ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ ++ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \ ++ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ ++ $$tags $$unique ++ ++GTAGS: ++ here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ ++ && cd $(top_srcdir) \ ++ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here ++ ++distclean-tags: ++ -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags ++ ++distdir: $(DISTFILES) ++ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ ++ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ ++ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ ++ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ ++ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ ++ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ ++ case $$dist_files in \ ++ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ ++ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ ++ sort -u` ;; \ ++ esac; \ ++ for file in $$dist_files; do \ ++ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ ++ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ ++ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ ++ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ ++ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ ++ fi; \ ++ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ ++ else \ ++ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ ++ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ ++ || exit 1; \ ++ fi; \ ++ done ++ list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ ++ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ ++ test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ ++ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ ++ || exit 1; \ ++ distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \ ++ top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \ ++ (cd $$subdir && \ ++ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ ++ top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \ ++ distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \ ++ am__remove_distdir=: \ ++ am__skip_length_check=: \ ++ distdir) \ ++ || exit 1; \ ++ fi; \ ++ done ++ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ ++ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \ ++ dist-hook ++check-am: all-am ++check: check-recursive ++all-am: Makefile ++installdirs: installdirs-recursive ++installdirs-am: ++install: install-recursive ++install-exec: install-exec-recursive ++install-data: install-data-recursive ++uninstall: uninstall-recursive ++ ++install-am: all-am ++ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am ++ ++installcheck: installcheck-recursive ++install-strip: ++ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ ++ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ ++ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ ++ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install ++mostlyclean-generic: ++ ++clean-generic: ++ ++distclean-generic: ++ -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) ++ ++maintainer-clean-generic: ++ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" ++ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." ++clean: clean-recursive ++ ++clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am ++ ++distclean: distclean-recursive ++ -rm -f Makefile ++distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags ++ ++dvi: dvi-recursive ++ ++dvi-am: ++ ++html: html-recursive ++ ++info: info-recursive ++ ++info-am: ++ ++install-data-am: ++ ++install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive ++ ++install-exec-am: ++ ++install-html: install-html-recursive ++ ++install-info: install-info-recursive ++ ++install-man: ++ ++install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive ++ ++install-ps: install-ps-recursive ++ ++installcheck-am: ++ ++maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive ++ -rm -f Makefile ++maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic ++ ++mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive ++ ++mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic ++ ++pdf: pdf-recursive ++ ++pdf-am: ++ ++ps: ps-recursive ++ ++ps-am: ++ ++uninstall-am: ++ ++.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) install-am \ ++ install-strip ++ ++.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ ++ all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic ctags \ ++ ctags-recursive dist-hook distclean distclean-generic \ ++ distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ ++ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ ++ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ ++ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ ++ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ ++ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ ++ installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ ++ mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \ ++ tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am ++ ++ ++dist-hook: ++ mkdir $(distdir)/example-smob ++ for f in $(EXAMPLE_SMOB_FILES); do \ ++ cp $(srcdir)/example-smob/$$f $(distdir)/example-smob/; \ ++ done ++# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. ++# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. ++.NOEXPORT: +Index: sid-non-dfsg/doc/goops/Makefile.in +=================================================================== +--- sid-non-dfsg.orig/doc/goops/Makefile.in ++++ sid-non-dfsg/doc/goops/Makefile.in +@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ +-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10 from Makefile.am. ++# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. + # @configure_input@ + + # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation + # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, + # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +@@ -29,28 +29,23 @@ + NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : + PRE_UNINSTALL = : + POST_UNINSTALL = : +-build_triplet = @build@ +-host_triplet = @host@ + subdir = doc/goops +-DIST_COMMON = $(goops_TEXINFOS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ +- $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ChangeLog ++DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ChangeLog + ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ +- $(top_srcdir)/configure.in ++am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in + am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(ACLOCAL_M4) + mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d +-CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h + CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = + SOURCES = + DIST_SOURCES = +-INFO_DEPS = $(srcdir)/goops.info ++INFO_DEPS = $(srcdir)/goops-1.8.info + am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(srcdir)/../ref +-DVIS = goops.dvi +-PDFS = goops.pdf +-PSS = goops.ps +-HTMLS = goops.html +-TEXINFOS = goops.texi ++DVIS = goops-1.8.dvi ++PDFS = goops-1.8.pdf ++PSS = goops-1.8.ps ++HTMLS = goops-1.8.html ++TEXINFOS = goops-1.8.texi + TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi + TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch + MAKEINFOHTML = $(MAKEINFO) --html +@@ -65,107 +60,35 @@ + am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; + DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) + ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +-ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ + AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +-AR = @AR@ +-AS = @AS@ + AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ + AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ + AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ + AWK = @AWK@ + CC = @CC@ + CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +-CCLD_FOR_BUILD = @CCLD_FOR_BUILD@ +-CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@ + CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + CPP = @CPP@ + CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +-CXX = @CXX@ +-CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ +-CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ +-CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ + CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ + DEFS = @DEFS@ + DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +-DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ +-DLPREOPEN = @DLPREOPEN@ +-DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ +-ECHO = @ECHO@ + ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ + ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ + ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ +-EGREP = @EGREP@ +-EMACS = @EMACS@ +-EMACSLOADPATH = @EMACSLOADPATH@ + EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +-EXTRA_DEFS = @EXTRA_DEFS@ +-EXTRA_DOT_DOC_FILES = @EXTRA_DOT_DOC_FILES@ +-EXTRA_DOT_X_FILES = @EXTRA_DOT_X_FILES@ +-F77 = @F77@ +-FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ +-GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ +-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +-GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ +-GREP = @GREP@ +-GUILE_CFLAGS = @GUILE_CFLAGS@ +-GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION = @GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION@ +-GUILE_FOR_BUILD = @GUILE_FOR_BUILD@ +-GUILE_LIBS = @GUILE_LIBS@ +-GUILE_MAJOR_VERSION = @GUILE_MAJOR_VERSION@ +-GUILE_MICRO_VERSION = @GUILE_MICRO_VERSION@ +-GUILE_MINOR_VERSION = @GUILE_MINOR_VERSION@ +-GUILE_VERSION = @GUILE_VERSION@ +-HOST_CC = @HOST_CC@ + INSTALL = @INSTALL@ + INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ + INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ + INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +-INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +-INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ + LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +-LIBGUILE_INTERFACE = @LIBGUILE_INTERFACE@ +-LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_AGE = @LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_AGE@ +-LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_CURRENT = @LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_CURRENT@ +-LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_REVISION = @LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_REVISION@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_AGE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_AGE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_CURRENT = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_CURRENT@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_REVISION = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_REVISION@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_MAJOR = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_MAJOR@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_AGE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_AGE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_CURRENT = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_CURRENT@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_REVISION = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_REVISION@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_MAJOR = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_MAJOR@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_AGE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_AGE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_CURRENT = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_CURRENT@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_REVISION = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_REVISION@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_MAJOR = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_MAJOR@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_AGE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_AGE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_CURRENT = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_CURRENT@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_REVISION = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_REVISION@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_MAJOR = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_MAJOR@ +-LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ +-LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ +-LIBLOBJS = @LIBLOBJS@ + LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ + LIBS = @LIBS@ +-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +-LN_S = @LN_S@ +-LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ +-LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ + LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ + MAINT = @MAINT@ + MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ + MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +-MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +-MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ +-MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ +-NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ +-OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ + OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ + PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ + PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ +@@ -174,83 +97,36 @@ + PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ + PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ + PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ +-POSUB = @POSUB@ +-PTHREAD_CC = @PTHREAD_CC@ +-PTHREAD_CFLAGS = @PTHREAD_CFLAGS@ +-PTHREAD_LIBS = @PTHREAD_LIBS@ +-RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +-SCM_I_GSC_C_INLINE = @SCM_I_GSC_C_INLINE@ +-SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_DEPRECATED = @SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_DEPRECATED@ +-SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_DISCOURAGED = @SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_DISCOURAGED@ +-SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_ELISP = @SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_ELISP@ +-SCM_I_GSC_GUILE_DEBUG = @SCM_I_GSC_GUILE_DEBUG@ +-SCM_I_GSC_GUILE_DEBUG_FREELIST = @SCM_I_GSC_GUILE_DEBUG_FREELIST@ +-SCM_I_GSC_NEEDS_INTTYPES_H = @SCM_I_GSC_NEEDS_INTTYPES_H@ +-SCM_I_GSC_NEEDS_STDINT_H = @SCM_I_GSC_NEEDS_STDINT_H@ +-SCM_I_GSC_NEED_BRACES_ON_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER = @SCM_I_GSC_NEED_BRACES_ON_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER@ +-SCM_I_GSC_NEED_BRACES_ON_PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT = @SCM_I_GSC_NEED_BRACES_ON_PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT@ +-SCM_I_GSC_STACK_GROWS_UP = @SCM_I_GSC_STACK_GROWS_UP@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_INT16 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_INT16@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_INT32 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_INT32@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_INT64 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_INT64@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_INT8 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_INT8@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_INTMAX = @SCM_I_GSC_T_INTMAX@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_PTRDIFF = @SCM_I_GSC_T_PTRDIFF@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT16 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT16@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT32 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT32@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT64 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT64@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT8 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT8@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_UINTMAX = @SCM_I_GSC_T_UINTMAX@ +-SCM_I_GSC_USE_NULL_THREADS = @SCM_I_GSC_USE_NULL_THREADS@ +-SCM_I_GSC_USE_PTHREAD_THREADS = @SCM_I_GSC_USE_PTHREAD_THREADS@ +-SED = @SED@ + SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ + SHELL = @SHELL@ + STRIP = @STRIP@ +-USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ + VERSION = @VERSION@ +-XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +-XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ +-XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ + abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ + abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ + abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ + abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ + ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ +-ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ +-ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ +-acx_pthread_config = @acx_pthread_config@ + am__include = @am__include@ + am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ + am__quote = @am__quote@ + am__tar = @am__tar@ + am__untar = @am__untar@ + bindir = @bindir@ +-build = @build@ + build_alias = @build_alias@ +-build_cpu = @build_cpu@ +-build_os = @build_os@ +-build_vendor = @build_vendor@ + builddir = @builddir@ +-cross_compiling = @cross_compiling@ + datadir = @datadir@ + datarootdir = @datarootdir@ + docdir = @docdir@ + dvidir = @dvidir@ + exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + have_makeinfo = @have_makeinfo@ +-host = @host@ + host_alias = @host_alias@ +-host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +-host_os = @host_os@ +-host_vendor = @host_vendor@ + htmldir = @htmldir@ + includedir = @includedir@ + infodir = @infodir@ + install_sh = @install_sh@ + libdir = @libdir@ + libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +-lispdir = @lispdir@ + localedir = @localedir@ + localstatedir = @localstatedir@ + mandir = @mandir@ +@@ -262,17 +138,13 @@ + psdir = @psdir@ + sbindir = @sbindir@ + sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +-sitedir = @sitedir@ + srcdir = @srcdir@ +-subdirs = @subdirs@ + sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ + target_alias = @target_alias@ + top_builddir = @top_builddir@ +-top_builddir_absolute = @top_builddir_absolute@ + top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +-top_srcdir_absolute = @top_srcdir_absolute@ + AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu +-info_TEXINFOS = goops.texi ++info_TEXINFOS = goops-1.8.texi + goops_TEXINFOS = goops-tutorial.texi \ + hierarchy.eps hierarchy.png hierarchy.txt hierarchy.pdf + +@@ -311,12 +183,6 @@ + $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh + +-mostlyclean-libtool: +- -rm -f *.lo +- +-clean-libtool: +- -rm -rf .libs _libs +- + .texi.info: + restore=: && backupdir="$(am__leading_dot)am$$$$" && \ + am__cwd=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && \ +@@ -362,10 +228,10 @@ + rm -rf $(@:.html=); else rm -Rf $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \ + exit 1; \ + fi +-$(srcdir)/goops.info: goops.texi $(goops_TEXINFOS) +-goops.dvi: goops.texi $(goops_TEXINFOS) +-goops.pdf: goops.texi $(goops_TEXINFOS) +-goops.html: goops.texi $(goops_TEXINFOS) ++$(srcdir)/goops-1.8.info: goops-1.8.texi ++goops-1.8.dvi: goops-1.8.texi ++goops-1.8.pdf: goops-1.8.texi ++goops-1.8.html: goops-1.8.texi + .dvi.ps: + TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ + $(DVIPS) -o $@ $< +@@ -444,10 +310,11 @@ + done + + mostlyclean-aminfo: +- -rm -rf goops.aux goops.cp goops.cps goops.fn goops.fns goops.ky goops.kys \ +- goops.log goops.pg goops.pgs goops.tmp goops.toc goops.tp \ +- goops.tps goops.vr goops.vrs goops.dvi goops.pdf goops.ps \ +- goops.html ++ -rm -rf goops-1.8.aux goops-1.8.cp goops-1.8.cps goops-1.8.fn goops-1.8.fns \ ++ goops-1.8.ky goops-1.8.kys goops-1.8.log goops-1.8.pg \ ++ goops-1.8.pgs goops-1.8.tmp goops-1.8.toc goops-1.8.tp \ ++ goops-1.8.tps goops-1.8.vr goops-1.8.vrs goops-1.8.dvi \ ++ goops-1.8.pdf goops-1.8.ps goops-1.8.html + + maintainer-clean-aminfo: + @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \ +@@ -524,7 +391,7 @@ + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + clean: clean-am + +-clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am ++clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am + + distclean: distclean-am + -rm -f Makefile +@@ -640,8 +507,7 @@ + + mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic \ +- mostlyclean-libtool ++mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic + + pdf: pdf-am + +@@ -656,19 +522,18 @@ + + .MAKE: install-am install-strip + +-.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ +- dist-info distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool \ +- distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install \ +- install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ +- install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ +- install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ +- install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ +- install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ +- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \ ++.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic dist-info \ ++ distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am \ ++ info info-am install install-am install-data install-data-am \ ++ install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am \ ++ install-html install-html-am install-info install-info-am \ ++ install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \ ++ install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ ++ installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \ + maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-aminfo \ +- mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ +- uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am \ +- uninstall-info-am uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am ++ mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am \ ++ uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am uninstall-info-am \ ++ uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am + + # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. + # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +Index: sid-non-dfsg/doc/ref/Makefile.in +=================================================================== +--- sid-non-dfsg.orig/doc/ref/Makefile.in ++++ sid-non-dfsg/doc/ref/Makefile.in +@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ +-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10 from Makefile.am. ++# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. + # @configure_input@ + + # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation + # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, + # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +@@ -29,31 +29,25 @@ + NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : + PRE_UNINSTALL = : + POST_UNINSTALL = : +-build_triplet = @build@ +-host_triplet = @host@ +-DIST_COMMON = $(guile_TEXINFOS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ +- $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/stamp-vti \ +- $(srcdir)/version.texi $(top_srcdir)/am/pre-inst-guile \ +- ChangeLog + subdir = doc/ref ++DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ ++ $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi ChangeLog + ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 +-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ +- $(top_srcdir)/configure.in ++am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in + am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(ACLOCAL_M4) + mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d +-CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h + CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = + SOURCES = + DIST_SOURCES = +-INFO_DEPS = $(srcdir)/guile.info +-TEXINFO_TEX = $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/texinfo.tex +-am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(top_srcdir)/build-aux +-DVIS = guile.dvi +-PDFS = guile.pdf +-PSS = guile.ps +-HTMLS = guile.html +-TEXINFOS = guile.texi ++INFO_DEPS = $(srcdir)/guile-1.8.info ++TEXINFO_TEX = $(top_srcdir)/texinfo.tex ++am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(top_srcdir) ++DVIS = guile-1.8.dvi ++PDFS = guile-1.8.pdf ++PSS = guile-1.8.ps ++HTMLS = guile-1.8.html ++TEXINFOS = guile-1.8.texi + TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi + TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch + MAKEINFOHTML = $(MAKEINFO) --html +@@ -70,107 +64,35 @@ + CTAGS = ctags + DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) + ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ +-ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ + AMTAR = @AMTAR@ +-AR = @AR@ +-AS = @AS@ + AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ + AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ + AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ + AWK = @AWK@ + CC = @CC@ + CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ +-CCLD_FOR_BUILD = @CCLD_FOR_BUILD@ +-CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@ + CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + CPP = @CPP@ + CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +-CXX = @CXX@ +-CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ +-CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ +-CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ + CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ + DEFS = @DEFS@ + DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ +-DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ +-DLPREOPEN = @DLPREOPEN@ +-DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ +-ECHO = @ECHO@ + ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ + ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ + ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ +-EGREP = @EGREP@ +-EMACS = @EMACS@ +-EMACSLOADPATH = @EMACSLOADPATH@ + EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +-EXTRA_DEFS = @EXTRA_DEFS@ +-EXTRA_DOT_DOC_FILES = @EXTRA_DOT_DOC_FILES@ +-EXTRA_DOT_X_FILES = @EXTRA_DOT_X_FILES@ +-F77 = @F77@ +-FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ +-GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ +-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +-GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ +-GREP = @GREP@ +-GUILE_CFLAGS = @GUILE_CFLAGS@ +-GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION = @GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION@ +-GUILE_FOR_BUILD = @GUILE_FOR_BUILD@ +-GUILE_LIBS = @GUILE_LIBS@ +-GUILE_MAJOR_VERSION = @GUILE_MAJOR_VERSION@ +-GUILE_MICRO_VERSION = @GUILE_MICRO_VERSION@ +-GUILE_MINOR_VERSION = @GUILE_MINOR_VERSION@ +-GUILE_VERSION = @GUILE_VERSION@ +-HOST_CC = @HOST_CC@ + INSTALL = @INSTALL@ + INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ + INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ + INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ +-INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ +-INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ + LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +-LIBGUILE_INTERFACE = @LIBGUILE_INTERFACE@ +-LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_AGE = @LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_AGE@ +-LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_CURRENT = @LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_CURRENT@ +-LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_REVISION = @LIBGUILE_INTERFACE_REVISION@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_AGE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_AGE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_CURRENT = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_CURRENT@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_REVISION = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_INTERFACE_REVISION@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_MAJOR = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_13_14_MAJOR@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_AGE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_AGE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_CURRENT = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_CURRENT@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_REVISION = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_INTERFACE_REVISION@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_MAJOR = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_1_MAJOR@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_AGE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_AGE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_CURRENT = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_CURRENT@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_REVISION = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_INTERFACE_REVISION@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_MAJOR = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_4_MAJOR@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_AGE = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_AGE@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_CURRENT = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_CURRENT@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_REVISION = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_INTERFACE_REVISION@ +-LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_MAJOR = @LIBGUILE_SRFI_SRFI_60_MAJOR@ +-LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ +-LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ +-LIBLOBJS = @LIBLOBJS@ + LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ + LIBS = @LIBS@ +-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +-LN_S = @LN_S@ +-LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ +-LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ + LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ + MAINT = @MAINT@ + MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ + MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +-MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +-MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ +-MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ +-NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ +-OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ + OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ + PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ + PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ +@@ -179,83 +101,36 @@ + PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ + PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ + PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ +-POSUB = @POSUB@ +-PTHREAD_CC = @PTHREAD_CC@ +-PTHREAD_CFLAGS = @PTHREAD_CFLAGS@ +-PTHREAD_LIBS = @PTHREAD_LIBS@ +-RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +-SCM_I_GSC_C_INLINE = @SCM_I_GSC_C_INLINE@ +-SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_DEPRECATED = @SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_DEPRECATED@ +-SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_DISCOURAGED = @SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_DISCOURAGED@ +-SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_ELISP = @SCM_I_GSC_ENABLE_ELISP@ +-SCM_I_GSC_GUILE_DEBUG = @SCM_I_GSC_GUILE_DEBUG@ +-SCM_I_GSC_GUILE_DEBUG_FREELIST = @SCM_I_GSC_GUILE_DEBUG_FREELIST@ +-SCM_I_GSC_NEEDS_INTTYPES_H = @SCM_I_GSC_NEEDS_INTTYPES_H@ +-SCM_I_GSC_NEEDS_STDINT_H = @SCM_I_GSC_NEEDS_STDINT_H@ +-SCM_I_GSC_NEED_BRACES_ON_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER = @SCM_I_GSC_NEED_BRACES_ON_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER@ +-SCM_I_GSC_NEED_BRACES_ON_PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT = @SCM_I_GSC_NEED_BRACES_ON_PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT@ +-SCM_I_GSC_STACK_GROWS_UP = @SCM_I_GSC_STACK_GROWS_UP@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_INT16 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_INT16@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_INT32 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_INT32@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_INT64 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_INT64@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_INT8 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_INT8@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_INTMAX = @SCM_I_GSC_T_INTMAX@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_PTRDIFF = @SCM_I_GSC_T_PTRDIFF@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT16 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT16@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT32 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT32@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT64 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT64@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT8 = @SCM_I_GSC_T_UINT8@ +-SCM_I_GSC_T_UINTMAX = @SCM_I_GSC_T_UINTMAX@ +-SCM_I_GSC_USE_NULL_THREADS = @SCM_I_GSC_USE_NULL_THREADS@ +-SCM_I_GSC_USE_PTHREAD_THREADS = @SCM_I_GSC_USE_PTHREAD_THREADS@ +-SED = @SED@ + SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ + SHELL = @SHELL@ + STRIP = @STRIP@ +-USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ + VERSION = @VERSION@ +-XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +-XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ +-XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ + abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ + abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ + abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ + abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ + ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ +-ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ +-ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ +-acx_pthread_config = @acx_pthread_config@ + am__include = @am__include@ + am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ + am__quote = @am__quote@ + am__tar = @am__tar@ + am__untar = @am__untar@ + bindir = @bindir@ +-build = @build@ + build_alias = @build_alias@ +-build_cpu = @build_cpu@ +-build_os = @build_os@ +-build_vendor = @build_vendor@ + builddir = @builddir@ +-cross_compiling = @cross_compiling@ + datadir = @datadir@ + datarootdir = @datarootdir@ + docdir = @docdir@ + dvidir = @dvidir@ + exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + have_makeinfo = @have_makeinfo@ +-host = @host@ + host_alias = @host_alias@ +-host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +-host_os = @host_os@ +-host_vendor = @host_vendor@ + htmldir = @htmldir@ + includedir = @includedir@ + infodir = @infodir@ + install_sh = @install_sh@ + libdir = @libdir@ + libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +-lispdir = @lispdir@ + localedir = @localedir@ + localstatedir = @localstatedir@ + mandir = @mandir@ +@@ -267,17 +142,13 @@ + psdir = @psdir@ + sbindir = @sbindir@ + sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +-sitedir = @sitedir@ + srcdir = @srcdir@ +-subdirs = @subdirs@ + sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ + target_alias = @target_alias@ + top_builddir = @top_builddir@ +-top_builddir_absolute = @top_builddir_absolute@ + top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +-top_srcdir_absolute = @top_srcdir_absolute@ + AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu +-info_TEXINFOS = guile.texi ++info_TEXINFOS = guile-1.8.texi + guile_TEXINFOS = preface.texi \ + intro.texi \ + libguile-program.texi \ +@@ -332,14 +203,12 @@ + mod-getopt-long.texi + + ETAGS_ARGS = $(info_TEXINFOS) $(guile_TEXINFOS) +-preinstguile = $(top_builddir_absolute)/pre-inst-guile +-preinstguiletool = GUILE="$(preinstguile)" $(top_srcdir)/scripts + MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = autoconf-macros.texi + all: all-am + + .SUFFIXES: + .SUFFIXES: .dvi .html .info .pdf .ps .texi +-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/am/pre-inst-guile $(am__configure_deps) ++$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) + @for dep in $?; do \ + case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ + *$$dep*) \ +@@ -369,12 +238,6 @@ + $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) + cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh + +-mostlyclean-libtool: +- -rm -f *.lo +- +-clean-libtool: +- -rm -rf .libs _libs +- + .texi.info: + restore=: && backupdir="$(am__leading_dot)am$$$$" && \ + am__cwd=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && \ +@@ -420,14 +283,14 @@ + rm -rf $(@:.html=); else rm -Rf $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \ + exit 1; \ + fi +-$(srcdir)/guile.info: guile.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi $(guile_TEXINFOS) +-guile.dvi: guile.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi $(guile_TEXINFOS) +-guile.pdf: guile.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi $(guile_TEXINFOS) +-guile.html: guile.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi $(guile_TEXINFOS) ++$(srcdir)/guile-1.8.info: guile-1.8.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi ++guile-1.8.dvi: guile-1.8.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi ++guile-1.8.pdf: guile-1.8.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi ++guile-1.8.html: guile-1.8.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi + $(srcdir)/version.texi: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/stamp-vti +-$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: guile.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure +- @(dir=.; test -f ./guile.texi || dir=$(srcdir); \ +- set `$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/mdate-sh $$dir/guile.texi`; \ ++$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: guile-1.8.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure ++ @(dir=.; test -f ./guile-1.8.texi || dir=$(srcdir); \ ++ set `$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mdate-sh $$dir/guile-1.8.texi`; \ + echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \ + echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \ + echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \ +@@ -521,10 +384,12 @@ + done + + mostlyclean-aminfo: +- -rm -rf guile.aux guile.cp guile.cps guile.fn guile.fns guile.ky guile.kys \ +- guile.log guile.pg guile.pgs guile.rn guile.rns guile.tmp \ +- guile.toc guile.tp guile.tps guile.vr guile.vrs guile.dvi \ +- guile.pdf guile.ps guile.html ++ -rm -rf guile-1.8.aux guile-1.8.cp guile-1.8.cps guile-1.8.fn guile-1.8.fns \ ++ guile-1.8.ky guile-1.8.kys guile-1.8.log guile-1.8.pg \ ++ guile-1.8.pgs guile-1.8.rn guile-1.8.rns guile-1.8.tmp \ ++ guile-1.8.toc guile-1.8.tp guile-1.8.tps guile-1.8.vr \ ++ guile-1.8.vrs guile-1.8.dvi guile-1.8.pdf guile-1.8.ps \ ++ guile-1.8.html + + maintainer-clean-aminfo: + @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \ +@@ -538,8 +403,8 @@ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ +- $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ +- END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ ++ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonemtpy = 1; } \ ++ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + mkid -fID $$unique + tags: TAGS + +@@ -551,8 +416,8 @@ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ +- $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ +- END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ ++ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ ++ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \ + test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ + $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ +@@ -562,13 +427,12 @@ + CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + tags=; \ +- here=`pwd`; \ + list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ + unique=`for i in $$list; do \ + if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ + done | \ +- $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ +- END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ ++ $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ ++ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ + test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \ + || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ + $$tags $$unique +@@ -644,7 +508,7 @@ + -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) + clean: clean-am + +-clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am ++clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am + + distclean: distclean-am + -rm -f Makefile +@@ -760,8 +624,7 @@ + + mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am + +-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic \ +- mostlyclean-libtool mostlyclean-vti ++mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti + + pdf: pdf-am + +@@ -777,28 +640,24 @@ + .MAKE: install-am install-strip + + .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ +- clean-libtool ctags dist-info distclean distclean-generic \ +- distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \ +- html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ +- install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ +- install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ +- install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ +- install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ +- installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ +- maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-generic \ +- maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean mostlyclean-aminfo \ +- mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool mostlyclean-vti pdf \ ++ ctags dist-info distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags \ ++ distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install \ ++ install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ ++ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ ++ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ ++ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ ++ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ ++ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \ ++ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean \ ++ mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti pdf \ + pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-dvi-am \ + uninstall-html-am uninstall-info-am uninstall-pdf-am \ + uninstall-ps-am + + +-# Automated snarfing +- + autoconf.texi: autoconf-macros.texi + autoconf-macros.texi: $(top_srcdir)/guile-config/guile.m4 +- $(preinstguiletool)/snarf-guile-m4-docs $(top_srcdir)/guile-config/guile.m4 \ +- > $(srcdir)/$@ ++ guile-tools snarf-guile-m4-docs $< > $(srcdir)/$@ + # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. + # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. + .NOEXPORT: +Index: sid-non-dfsg/install-sh +=================================================================== +--- /dev/null ++++ sid-non-dfsg/install-sh +@@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ ++#!/bin/sh ++# install - install a program, script, or datafile ++ ++scriptversion=2006-12-25.00 ++ ++# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was ++# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the ++# following copyright and license. ++# ++# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium ++# ++# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy ++# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to ++# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the ++# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or ++# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is ++# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: ++# ++# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in ++# all copies or substantial portions of the Software. ++# ++# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR ++# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, ++# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ++# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN ++# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- ++# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ++# ++# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not ++# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- ++# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- ++# tium. ++# ++# ++# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. ++# ++# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent ++# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it ++# when there is no Makefile. ++# ++# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written ++# from scratch. ++ ++nl=' ++' ++IFS=" "" $nl" ++ ++# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script ++ ++# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. ++doit=${DOITPROG-} ++if test -z "$doit"; then ++ doit_exec=exec ++else ++ doit_exec=$doit ++fi ++ ++# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; ++# or use environment vars. ++ ++chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} ++chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} ++chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} ++cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} ++cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} ++mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} ++mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} ++rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} ++stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} ++ ++posix_glob='?' ++initialize_posix_glob=' ++ test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { ++ if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then ++ posix_glob= ++ else ++ posix_glob=: ++ fi ++ } ++' ++ ++posix_mkdir= ++ ++# Desired mode of installed file. ++mode=0755 ++ ++chgrpcmd= ++chmodcmd=$chmodprog ++chowncmd= ++mvcmd=$mvprog ++rmcmd="$rmprog -f" ++stripcmd= ++ ++src= ++dst= ++dir_arg= ++dst_arg= ++ ++copy_on_change=false ++no_target_directory= ++ ++usage="\ ++Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE ++ or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY ++ or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... ++ or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... ++ ++In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. ++In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. ++In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. ++ ++Options: ++ --help display this help and exit. ++ --version display version info and exit. ++ ++ -c (ignored) ++ -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) ++ -d create directories instead of installing files. ++ -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. ++ -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. ++ -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. ++ -s $stripprog installed files. ++ -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. ++ -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. ++ ++Environment variables override the default commands: ++ CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG ++ RMPROG STRIPPROG ++" ++ ++while test $# -ne 0; do ++ case $1 in ++ -c) ;; ++ ++ -C) copy_on_change=true;; ++ ++ -d) dir_arg=true;; ++ ++ -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" ++ shift;; ++ ++ --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; ++ ++ -m) mode=$2 ++ case $mode in ++ *' '* | *' '* | *' ++'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) ++ echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 ++ exit 1;; ++ esac ++ shift;; ++ ++ -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" ++ shift;; ++ ++ -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; ++ ++ -t) dst_arg=$2 ++ shift;; ++ ++ -T) no_target_directory=true;; ++ ++ --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; ++ ++ --) shift ++ break;; ++ ++ -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 ++ exit 1;; ++ ++ *) break;; ++ esac ++ shift ++done ++ ++if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then ++ # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. ++ # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. ++ # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. ++ for arg ++ do ++ if test -n "$dst_arg"; then ++ # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. ++ set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" ++ shift # fnord ++ fi ++ shift # arg ++ dst_arg=$arg ++ done ++fi ++ ++if test $# -eq 0; then ++ if test -z "$dir_arg"; then ++ echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. ++ # This can happen when creating conditional directories. ++ exit 0 ++fi ++ ++if test -z "$dir_arg"; then ++ trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 ++ ++ # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. ++ # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. ++ case $mode in ++ # Optimize common cases. ++ *644) cp_umask=133;; ++ *755) cp_umask=22;; ++ ++ *[0-7]) ++ if test -z "$stripcmd"; then ++ u_plus_rw= ++ else ++ u_plus_rw='% 200' ++ fi ++ cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; ++ *) ++ if test -z "$stripcmd"; then ++ u_plus_rw= ++ else ++ u_plus_rw=,u+rw ++ fi ++ cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; ++ esac ++fi ++ ++for src ++do ++ # Protect names starting with `-'. ++ case $src in ++ -*) src=./$src;; ++ esac ++ ++ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then ++ dst=$src ++ dstdir=$dst ++ test -d "$dstdir" ++ dstdir_status=$? ++ else ++ ++ # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command ++ # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad ++ # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. ++ if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then ++ echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ ++ if test -z "$dst_arg"; then ++ echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ ++ dst=$dst_arg ++ # Protect names starting with `-'. ++ case $dst in ++ -*) dst=./$dst;; ++ esac ++ ++ # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work ++ # if double slashes aren't ignored. ++ if test -d "$dst"; then ++ if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then ++ echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ dstdir=$dst ++ dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` ++ dstdir_status=0 ++ else ++ # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. ++ dstdir=` ++ (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || ++ expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ ++ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ ++ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ ++ X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || ++ echo X"$dst" | ++ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ /^X\(\/\).*/{ ++ s//\1/ ++ q ++ } ++ s/.*/./; q' ++ ` ++ ++ test -d "$dstdir" ++ dstdir_status=$? ++ fi ++ fi ++ ++ obsolete_mkdir_used=false ++ ++ if test $dstdir_status != 0; then ++ case $posix_mkdir in ++ '') ++ # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. ++ # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. ++ umask=`umask` ++ case $stripcmd.$umask in ++ # Optimize common cases. ++ *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; ++ .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; ++ ++ *[0-7]) ++ mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ ++ - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ ++ - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 ++ `;; ++ *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; ++ esac ++ ++ # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. ++ # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. ++ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then ++ mkdir_mode=-m$mode ++ else ++ mkdir_mode= ++ fi ++ ++ posix_mkdir=false ++ case $umask in ++ *[123567][0-7][0-7]) ++ # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which ++ # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. ++ ;; ++ *) ++ tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ ++ trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 ++ ++ if (umask $mkdir_umask && ++ exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 ++ then ++ if test -z "$dir_arg" || { ++ # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. ++ # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or ++ # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. ++ # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. ++ ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` ++ case $ls_ld_tmpdir in ++ d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; ++ d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; ++ *) false;; ++ esac && ++ $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { ++ ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` ++ test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" ++ } ++ } ++ then posix_mkdir=: ++ fi ++ rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" ++ else ++ # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. ++ rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null ++ fi ++ trap '' 0;; ++ esac;; ++ esac ++ ++ if ++ $posix_mkdir && ( ++ umask $mkdir_umask && ++ $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" ++ ) ++ then : ++ else ++ ++ # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, ++ # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the ++ # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. ++ ++ case $dstdir in ++ /*) prefix='/';; ++ -*) prefix='./';; ++ *) prefix='';; ++ esac ++ ++ eval "$initialize_posix_glob" ++ ++ oIFS=$IFS ++ IFS=/ ++ $posix_glob set -f ++ set fnord $dstdir ++ shift ++ $posix_glob set +f ++ IFS=$oIFS ++ ++ prefixes= ++ ++ for d ++ do ++ test -z "$d" && continue ++ ++ prefix=$prefix$d ++ if test -d "$prefix"; then ++ prefixes= ++ else ++ if $posix_mkdir; then ++ (umask=$mkdir_umask && ++ $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break ++ # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. ++ test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 ++ else ++ case $prefix in ++ *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; ++ *) qprefix=$prefix;; ++ esac ++ prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" ++ fi ++ fi ++ prefix=$prefix/ ++ done ++ ++ if test -n "$prefixes"; then ++ # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. ++ (umask $mkdir_umask && ++ eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || ++ test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 ++ obsolete_mkdir_used=true ++ fi ++ fi ++ fi ++ ++ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then ++ { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && ++ { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && ++ { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || ++ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 ++ else ++ ++ # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. ++ dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ ++ rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ ++ ++ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. ++ trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 ++ ++ # Copy the file name to the temp name. ++ (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && ++ ++ # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. ++ # ++ # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to ++ # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore ++ # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. ++ # ++ { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && ++ { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && ++ { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && ++ { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && ++ ++ # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. ++ if $copy_on_change && ++ old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && ++ new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && ++ ++ eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && ++ $posix_glob set -f && ++ set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && ++ set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && ++ $posix_glob set +f && ++ ++ test "$old" = "$new" && ++ $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 ++ then ++ rm -f "$dsttmp" ++ else ++ # Rename the file to the real destination. ++ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || ++ ++ # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else ++ # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not ++ # support -f. ++ { ++ # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. ++ # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some ++ # systems and the destination file might be busy for other ++ # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new ++ # file should still install successfully. ++ { ++ test ! -f "$dst" || ++ $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || ++ { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && ++ { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } ++ } || ++ { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 ++ (exit 1); exit 1 ++ } ++ } && ++ ++ # Now rename the file to the real destination. ++ $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" ++ } ++ fi || exit 1 ++ ++ trap '' 0 ++ fi ++done ++ ++# Local variables: ++# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) ++# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" ++# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" ++# time-stamp-end: "$" ++# End: +Index: sid-non-dfsg/mdate-sh +=================================================================== +--- /dev/null ++++ sid-non-dfsg/mdate-sh +@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ ++#!/bin/sh ++# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. ++ ++scriptversion=2007-03-30.02 ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software ++# Foundation, Inc. ++# written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 ++# ++# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ++# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ++# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++# any later version. ++# ++# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ++# GNU General Public License for more details. ++# ++# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ++# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, ++# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. ++ ++# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you ++# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a ++# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under ++# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. ++ ++# This file is maintained in Automake, please report ++# bugs to or send patches to ++# . ++ ++case $1 in ++ '') ++ echo "$0: No file. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 ++ exit 1; ++ ;; ++ -h | --h*) ++ cat <<\EOF ++Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE ++ ++Pretty-print the modification time of FILE. ++ ++Report bugs to . ++EOF ++ exit $? ++ ;; ++ -v | --v*) ++ echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion" ++ exit $? ++ ;; ++esac ++ ++# Prevent date giving response in another language. ++LANG=C ++export LANG ++LC_ALL=C ++export LC_ALL ++LC_TIME=C ++export LC_TIME ++ ++# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE ++# variable. Since we cannot assume `unset' works, revert this ++# variable to its documented default. ++if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then ++ TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso ++ export TIME_STYLE ++fi ++ ++save_arg1=$1 ++ ++# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory. ++if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ ls_command='ls -L -l -d' ++else ++ ls_command='ls -l -d' ++fi ++# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible. ++if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then ++ ls_command="$ls_command -n" ++fi ++ ++# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. ++# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo ++# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. ++# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo ++# ++# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words ++# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a ++# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/' ++# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at ++# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many ++# words should be skipped to get the date. ++ ++# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. ++set x`$ls_command /` ++ ++# Find which argument is the month. ++month= ++command= ++until test $month ++do ++ shift ++ # Add another shift to the command. ++ command="$command shift;" ++ case $1 in ++ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; ++ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; ++ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; ++ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; ++ May) month=May; nummonth=5;; ++ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; ++ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; ++ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; ++ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; ++ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; ++ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; ++ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; ++ esac ++done ++ ++# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. ++set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""` ++ ++# Remove all preceding arguments ++eval $command ++ ++# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2. ++# ++# On a POSIX system, we should have ++# ++# $# = 5 ++# $1 = file size ++# $2 = month ++# $3 = day ++# $4 = year or time ++# $5 = filename ++# ++# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have ++# ++# $# = 4 ++# $1 = day ++# $2 = month ++# $3 = year or time ++# $4 = filename ++ ++# Get the month. ++case $2 in ++ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; ++ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; ++ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; ++ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; ++ May) month=May; nummonth=5;; ++ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; ++ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; ++ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; ++ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; ++ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; ++ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; ++ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; ++esac ++ ++case $3 in ++ ???*) day=$1;; ++ *) day=$3; shift;; ++esac ++ ++# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either ++# the time of day or the year. ++case $3 in ++ *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# ++ case $2 in ++ Jan) nummonthtod=1;; ++ Feb) nummonthtod=2;; ++ Mar) nummonthtod=3;; ++ Apr) nummonthtod=4;; ++ May) nummonthtod=5;; ++ Jun) nummonthtod=6;; ++ Jul) nummonthtod=7;; ++ Aug) nummonthtod=8;; ++ Sep) nummonthtod=9;; ++ Oct) nummonthtod=10;; ++ Nov) nummonthtod=11;; ++ Dec) nummonthtod=12;; ++ esac ++ # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also ++ # be used for files modified in the last year. ++ if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; ++ then ++ year=`expr $year - 1` ++ fi;; ++ *) year=$3;; ++esac ++ ++# The result. ++echo $day $month $year ++ ++# Local Variables: ++# mode: shell-script ++# sh-indentation: 2 ++# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) ++# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" ++# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" ++# time-stamp-end: "$" ++# End: +Index: sid-non-dfsg/missing +=================================================================== +--- /dev/null ++++ sid-non-dfsg/missing +@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@ ++#! /bin/sh ++# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. ++ ++scriptversion=2006-05-10.23 ++ ++# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 ++# Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. ++ ++# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ++# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ++# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++# any later version. ++ ++# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ++# GNU General Public License for more details. ++ ++# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ++# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ++# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA ++# 02110-1301, USA. ++ ++# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you ++# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a ++# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under ++# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. ++ ++if test $# -eq 0; then ++ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" ++ exit 1 ++fi ++ ++run=: ++sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' ++sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' ++ ++# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the ++# srcdir already. ++if test -f configure.ac; then ++ configure_ac=configure.ac ++else ++ configure_ac=configure.in ++fi ++ ++msg="missing on your system" ++ ++case $1 in ++--run) ++ # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. ++ run= ++ shift ++ "$@" && exit 0 ++ # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens ++ # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on ++ # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we ++ # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or ++ # if --run hadn't been passed. ++ if test $? = 63; then ++ run=: ++ msg="probably too old" ++ fi ++ ;; ++ ++ -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) ++ echo "\ ++$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... ++ ++Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an ++error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. ++ ++Options: ++ -h, --help display this help and exit ++ -v, --version output version information and exit ++ --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails ++ ++Supported PROGRAM values: ++ aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' ++ autoconf touch file \`configure' ++ autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' ++ autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one ++ automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files ++ bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] ++ flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c ++ help2man touch the output file ++ lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c ++ makeinfo touch the output file ++ tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags ++ yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] ++ ++Send bug reports to ." ++ exit $? ++ ;; ++ ++ -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) ++ echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" ++ exit $? ++ ;; ++ ++ -*) ++ echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" ++ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" ++ exit 1 ++ ;; ++ ++esac ++ ++# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we ++# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect ++# the program). ++case $1 in ++ lex|yacc) ++ # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. ++ ;; ++ ++ tar) ++ if test -n "$run"; then ++ echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" ++ exit 1 ++ elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ ;; ++ ++ *) ++ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then ++ # We have it, but it failed. ++ exit 1 ++ elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then ++ # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone ++ # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether ++ # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing. ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ ;; ++esac ++ ++# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), ++# try to emulate it. ++case $1 in ++ aclocal*) ++ echo 1>&2 "\ ++WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ++ you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want ++ to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from ++ any GNU archive site." ++ touch aclocal.m4 ++ ;; ++ ++ autoconf) ++ echo 1>&2 "\ ++WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ++ you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the ++ \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU ++ archive site." ++ touch configure ++ ;; ++ ++ autoheader) ++ echo 1>&2 "\ ++WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ++ you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want ++ to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them ++ from any GNU archive site." ++ files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` ++ test -z "$files" && files="config.h" ++ touch_files= ++ for f in $files; do ++ case $f in ++ *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | ++ sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; ++ *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; ++ esac ++ done ++ touch $touch_files ++ ;; ++ ++ automake*) ++ echo 1>&2 "\ ++WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ++ you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. ++ You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. ++ Grab them from any GNU archive site." ++ find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | ++ sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | ++ while read f; do touch "$f"; done ++ ;; ++ ++ autom4te) ++ echo 1>&2 "\ ++WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. ++ You might have modified some files without having the ++ proper tools for further handling them. ++ You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU ++ archive site." ++ ++ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` ++ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` ++ if test -f "$file"; then ++ touch $file ++ else ++ test -z "$file" || exec >$file ++ echo "#! /bin/sh" ++ echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" ++ echo "# $ $@" ++ echo "exit 0" ++ chmod +x $file ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ ;; ++ ++ bison|yacc) ++ echo 1>&2 "\ ++WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if ++ you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package ++ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get ++ \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." ++ rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h ++ if test $# -ne 1; then ++ eval LASTARG="\${$#}" ++ case $LASTARG in ++ *.y) ++ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` ++ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then ++ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c ++ fi ++ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` ++ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then ++ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h ++ fi ++ ;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ if test ! -f y.tab.h; then ++ echo >y.tab.h ++ fi ++ if test ! -f y.tab.c; then ++ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c ++ fi ++ ;; ++ ++ lex|flex) ++ echo 1>&2 "\ ++WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ++ you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package ++ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get ++ \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." ++ rm -f lex.yy.c ++ if test $# -ne 1; then ++ eval LASTARG="\${$#}" ++ case $LASTARG in ++ *.l) ++ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` ++ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then ++ cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c ++ fi ++ ;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then ++ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c ++ fi ++ ;; ++ ++ help2man) ++ echo 1>&2 "\ ++WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ++ you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the ++ \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take ++ effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." ++ ++ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` ++ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` ++ if test -f "$file"; then ++ touch $file ++ else ++ test -z "$file" || exec >$file ++ echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ ;; ++ ++ makeinfo) ++ echo 1>&2 "\ ++WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ++ you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file ++ indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious ++ call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, ++ DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or ++ the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." ++ # The file to touch is that specified with -o ... ++ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` ++ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` ++ if test -z "$file"; then ++ # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ... ++ infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` ++ file=`sed -n ' ++ /^@setfilename/{ ++ s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ ++ p ++ q ++ }' $infile` ++ # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info) ++ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info ++ fi ++ # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo; ++ # let's fail without touching anything. ++ test -f $file || exit 1 ++ touch $file ++ ;; ++ ++ tar) ++ shift ++ ++ # We have already tried tar in the generic part. ++ # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error ++ # messages. ++ if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then ++ gnutar "$@" && exit 0 ++ fi ++ if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then ++ gtar "$@" && exit 0 ++ fi ++ firstarg="$1" ++ if shift; then ++ case $firstarg in ++ *o*) ++ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` ++ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ++ ;; ++ esac ++ case $firstarg in ++ *h*) ++ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` ++ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 ++ ;; ++ esac ++ fi ++ ++ echo 1>&2 "\ ++WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. ++ You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the ++ command line arguments." ++ exit 1 ++ ;; ++ ++ *) ++ echo 1>&2 "\ ++WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. ++ You might have modified some files without having the ++ proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, ++ it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing ++ this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case ++ some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." ++ exit 1 ++ ;; ++esac ++ ++exit 0 ++ ++# Local variables: ++# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) ++# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" ++# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" ++# time-stamp-end: "$" ++# End: +Index: sid-non-dfsg/texinfo.tex +=================================================================== +--- /dev/null ++++ sid-non-dfsg/texinfo.tex +@@ -0,0 +1,8962 @@ ++% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. ++% ++% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. ++\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi ++% ++\def\texinfoversion{2007-12-02.17} ++% ++% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 2007, ++% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, ++% 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++% ++% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or ++% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as ++% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the ++% License, or (at your option) any later version. ++% ++% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be ++% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty ++% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++% General Public License for more details. ++% ++% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ++% along with this program. If not, see . ++% ++% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing ++% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without ++% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) ++% ++% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug ++% reports; you can get the latest version from: ++% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or ++% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex ++% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). ++% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out ++% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. ++% ++% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a ++% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the ++% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. ++% ++% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the ++% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple ++% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: ++% tex foo.texi ++% texindex foo.?? ++% tex foo.texi ++% tex foo.texi ++% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. ++% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. ++% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more ++% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. ++% ++% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some ++% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the ++% full Texinfo distribution. ++% ++% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. ++ ++ ++\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} ++ ++% If in a .fmt file, print the version number ++% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because ++% they might have appeared in the input file name. ++\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% ++ \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} ++ ++ ++\chardef\other=12 ++ ++% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. ++% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. ++\let\+ = \relax ++ ++% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. ++\let\ptexb=\b ++\let\ptexbullet=\bullet ++\let\ptexc=\c ++\let\ptexcomma=\, ++\let\ptexdot=\. ++\let\ptexdots=\dots ++\let\ptexend=\end ++\let\ptexequiv=\equiv ++\let\ptexexclam=\! ++\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote ++\let\ptexgtr=> ++\let\ptexhat=^ ++\let\ptexi=\i ++\let\ptexindent=\indent ++\let\ptexinsert=\insert ++\let\ptexlbrace=\{ ++\let\ptexless=< ++\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite ++\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent ++\let\ptexplus=+ ++\let\ptexrbrace=\} ++\let\ptexslash=\/ ++\let\ptexstar=\* ++\let\ptext=\t ++ ++% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it ++% starts a new line in the output. ++\newlinechar = `^^J ++ ++% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error ++% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. ++% ++\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined ++ \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. ++\else ++ \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} ++\fi ++ ++% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. ++\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi ++\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi ++\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi ++\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi ++\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi ++\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi ++\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi ++\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi ++\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi ++\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi ++\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi ++\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi ++\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi ++\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi ++\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi ++\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi ++\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi ++\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi ++% ++\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi ++% ++\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi ++\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi ++\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi ++\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi ++\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi ++ ++% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful. ++\chardef\spacecat = 10 ++\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat} ++ ++% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences. ++\chardef\colonChar = `\: ++\chardef\commaChar = `\, ++\chardef\dashChar = `\- ++\chardef\dotChar = `\. ++\chardef\exclamChar= `\! ++\chardef\lquoteChar= `\` ++\chardef\questChar = `\? ++\chardef\rquoteChar= `\' ++\chardef\semiChar = `\; ++\chardef\underChar = `\_ ++ ++% Ignore a token. ++% ++\def\gobble#1{} ++ ++% The following is used inside several \edef's. ++\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} ++ ++% Hyphenation fixes. ++\hyphenation{ ++ Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script ++ ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps ++ data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script ++ man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm ++ par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces ++ spell-ing spell-ings ++ stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space ++ wide-spread wrap-around ++} ++ ++% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. ++\newdimen\bindingoffset ++\newdimen\normaloffset ++\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight ++ ++% For a final copy, take out the rectangles ++% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided ++% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). ++% ++\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} ++ ++% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should ++% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the ++% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would ++% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main ++% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). ++% ++\def\|{% ++ % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. ++ \leavevmode ++ % ++ % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. ++ \vadjust{% ++ % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current ++ % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. ++ \vskip-\baselineskip ++ % ++ % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So ++ % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. ++ \llap{% ++ % ++ % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. ++ \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt ++ % ++ % This is the space between the bar and the text. ++ \hskip 12pt ++ }% ++ }% ++} ++ ++% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file ++% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, ++% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make ++% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log ++% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. ++% ++\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% ++\def\loggingall{% ++ \tracingstats2 ++ \tracingpages1 ++ \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex ++ \tracingparagraphs1 ++ \tracingoutput1 ++ \tracingmacros2 ++ \tracingrestores1 ++ \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen ++ \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging ++ \tracingscantokens1 ++ \tracingifs1 ++ \tracinggroups1 ++ \tracingnesting2 ++ \tracingassigns1 ++ \fi ++ \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex ++ \errorcontextlines16 ++}% ++ ++% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing ++% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. ++% ++\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount ++ \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} ++\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount ++ \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} ++\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount ++ \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} ++ ++% For @cropmarks command. ++% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. ++% ++\newif\ifcropmarks ++\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue ++% ++% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. ++% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 ++% ++\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines ++\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc ++\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt ++\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in ++ ++% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. ++% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. ++% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. ++% ++% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. ++% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. ++% ++% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter ++% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top ++% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is ++% described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two ++% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and ++% one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK... ++\def\domark{% ++ \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}% ++ \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}% ++ \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% ++ \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% ++ \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}% ++ \mark{% ++ \the\toks0 \the\toks2 ++ \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 ++ \noexpand\else \the\toks8 ++ }% ++} ++% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title ++% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us ++% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., ++% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very ++% first @chapter. ++\def\gettopheadingmarks{% ++ \ifcase0\topmark\fi ++ \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi ++} ++\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} ++\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi} ++ ++% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. ++\def\lastchapterdefs{} ++\def\lastsectiondefs{} ++\def\prevchapterdefs{} ++\def\prevsectiondefs{} ++\def\lastcolordefs{} ++ ++% Main output routine. ++\chardef\PAGE = 255 ++\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} ++ ++\newbox\headlinebox ++\newbox\footlinebox ++ ++% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents ++% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. ++\def\onepageout#1{% ++ \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi ++ % ++ \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset ++ \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi ++ % ++ % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in ++ % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). ++ \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi ++ \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% ++ \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi ++ \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% ++ % ++ {% ++ % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to ++ % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends ++ % before the \shipout runs. ++ % ++ \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. ++ \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if ++ % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. ++ % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this: ++ % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}} ++ % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in; ++ % it needs to be ++ % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym} ++ \shipout\vbox{% ++ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. ++ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi ++ % ++ \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup ++ \hsize = \outerhsize ++ \vskip-\topandbottommargin ++ \vtop to0pt{% ++ \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% ++ \nointerlineskip ++ \line{% ++ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% ++ \hfill ++ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% ++ }% ++ \vss}% ++ \vskip\topandbottommargin ++ \line\bgroup ++ \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. ++ \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi ++ \vbox\bgroup ++ \fi ++ % ++ \unvbox\headlinebox ++ \pagebody{#1}% ++ \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt ++ % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. ++ % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) ++ % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. ++ \vskip 24pt ++ \unvbox\footlinebox ++ \fi ++ % ++ \ifcropmarks ++ \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup ++ \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup ++ \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill ++ \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick ++ \vbox to0pt{\vss ++ \line{% ++ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% ++ \hfill ++ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% ++ }% ++ \nointerlineskip ++ \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% ++ }% ++ \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause ++ \fi ++ }% end of \shipout\vbox ++ }% end of group with \indexdummies ++ \advancepageno ++ \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi ++} ++ ++\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen ++ ++\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} ++{\catcode`\@ =11 ++\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi ++% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) ++\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present ++ \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi ++\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax ++\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi ++\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} ++} ++ ++% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are ++% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize ++% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) ++% ++\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} ++\def\nstop{\vbox ++ {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} ++\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} ++\def\nsbot{\vbox ++ {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} ++ ++% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of ++% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a ++% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. ++% ++\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} ++\def\parseargusing#1#2{% ++ \def\argtorun{#2}% ++ \begingroup ++ \obeylines ++ \spaceisspace ++ #1% ++ \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. ++} ++ ++{\obeylines % ++ \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% ++ \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. ++ \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% ++ }% ++} ++ ++% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. ++\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} ++\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} ++ ++% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. ++% ++% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., ++% @end itemize @c foo ++% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed ++% by \finishparsearg. ++% ++\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} ++\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} ++\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% ++ \def\temp{#3}% ++ \ifx\temp\empty ++ % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: ++ \let\temp\finishparsearg ++ \else ++ \let\temp\argcheckspaces ++ \fi ++ % Put the space token in: ++ \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm ++} ++ ++% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so ++% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. ++% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, ++% just before passing the control to \argtorun. ++% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is ++% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger ++% that a pair of braces would be stripped. ++% ++% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. ++% ++\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} ++ ++% \parseargdef\foo{...} ++% is roughly equivalent to ++% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} ++% \def\Xfoo#1{...} ++% ++% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my ++% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 ++ ++\def\parseargdef#1{% ++ \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% ++} ++\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% ++ \def#2{\parsearg#1}% ++ \def#1##1% ++} ++ ++% Several utility definitions with active space: ++{ ++ \obeyspaces ++ \gdef\obeyedspace{ } ++ ++ % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword ++ % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this ++ % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input ++ % should produce a line of output anyway. ++ % ++ \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} ++ ++ % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces ++ % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the ++ % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). ++ \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} ++} ++ ++ ++\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} ++ ++% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: ++% ++% \envdef\foo{...} ++% \def\Efoo{...} ++% ++% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the ++% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also ++% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks ++% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be ++% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. ++% ++% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they ++% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The ++% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this ++% special case.) ++ ++ ++% At runtime, environments start with this: ++\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} ++% initialize ++\let\thisenv\empty ++ ++% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': ++\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} ++\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} ++ ++% Check whether we're in the right environment: ++\def\checkenv#1{% ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \ifx\thisenv\temp ++ \else ++ \badenverr ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected: ++\def\badenverr{% ++ \errhelp = \EMsimple ++ \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, ++ not \inenvironment\thisenv}% ++} ++\def\inenvironment#1{% ++ \ifx#1\empty ++ out of any environment% ++ \else ++ in environment \expandafter\string#1% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. ++% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv ++% ++\parseargdef\end{% ++ \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname ++ \else ++ % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 ++ \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname ++ \csname E#1\endcsname ++ \endgroup ++ \fi ++} ++ ++\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} ++ ++ ++%% Simple single-character @ commands ++ ++% @@ prints an @ ++% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). ++\def\@{{\tt\char64}} ++ ++% This is turned off because it was never documented ++% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. ++%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' ++%% but suppressing ligatures. ++%\def\`{{`}} ++%\def\'{{'}} ++ ++% Used to generate quoted braces. ++\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} ++\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} ++\let\{=\mylbrace ++\let\}=\myrbrace ++\begingroup ++ % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, ++ % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. ++ \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other ++ \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 ++ \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other ++ !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% ++ !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% ++ !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% ++ !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% ++!endgroup ++ ++% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. ++\let\comma = , ++ ++% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent ++% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. ++\let\, = \c ++\let\dotaccent = \. ++\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} ++\let\tieaccent = \t ++\let\ubaraccent = \b ++\let\udotaccent = \d ++ ++% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm ++% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. ++\def\questiondown{?`} ++\def\exclamdown{!`} ++\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} ++\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} ++ ++% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. ++\def\imacro{i} ++\def\jmacro{j} ++\def\dotless#1{% ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi ++ \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j ++ \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% ++ \fi\fi ++} ++ ++% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a ++% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) ++% ++\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } ++ ++% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in ++% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most ++% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using ++% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and ++% \scriptscriptstyle). ++% ++\def\LaTeX{% ++ L\kern-.36em ++ {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% ++ \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% ++ \kern-.15em ++ \TeX ++} ++ ++% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space ++% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space ++% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and ++% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the ++% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. ++{\catcode`@ = 11 ++ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble ++ % if the definition is written into an index file. ++ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M ++ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } ++} ++ ++% @: forces normal size whitespace following. ++\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } ++ ++% @* forces a line break. ++\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} ++ ++% @/ allows a line break. ++\let\/=\allowbreak ++ ++% @. is an end-of-sentence period. ++\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} ++ ++% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. ++\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} ++ ++% @? is an end-of-sentence query. ++\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} ++ ++% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. ++% ++\def\onword{on} ++\def\offword{off} ++% ++\parseargdef\frenchspacing{% ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing ++ \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing ++ \else ++ \errhelp = \EMsimple ++ \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}% ++ \fi\fi ++} ++ ++% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the ++% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would ++% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. ++\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} ++ ++% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing ++% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box ++% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for ++% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is ++% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, ++% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and ++% the text is small, which looks bad. ++% ++% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can ++% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it ++% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an ++% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The ++% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit ++% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). ++% ++\newbox\groupbox ++\def\vfilllimit{0.7} ++% ++\envdef\group{% ++ \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else ++ \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp ++ \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% ++ \fi ++ \startsavinginserts ++ % ++ \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup ++ % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as ++ % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an ++ % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after ++ % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group ++ % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo ++ % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. ++ \comment ++} ++% ++% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts ++% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) ++% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space ++% above. But it's pretty close. ++\def\Egroup{% ++ % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group ++ % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. ++ \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. ++ \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth ++ \egroup % End the \vtop. ++ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. ++ \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox ++ % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). ++ \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal ++ % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big ++ % group, force a page break. ++ \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 ++ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight ++ \page ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \box\groupbox ++ \prevdepth = \dimen1 ++ \checkinserts ++} ++% ++% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help ++% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. ++% ++\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% ++group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% ++where each line of input produces a line of output.} ++ ++% @need space-in-mils ++% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. ++ ++\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in ++ ++% Old definition--didn't work. ++%\parseargdef\need{\par % ++%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally ++%% if the depth of the box does not fit. ++%{\baselineskip=0pt% ++%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak ++%\prevdepth=-1000pt ++%}} ++ ++\parseargdef\need{% ++ % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a ++ % paragraph. ++ \par ++ % ++ % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. ++ \dimen0 = #1\mil ++ \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox ++ \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox ++ \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 ++ % ++ % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the ++ % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. ++ % And a page break here is fine. ++ \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% ++ % ++ % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the ++ % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the ++ % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider ++ % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the ++ % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. ++ % ++ % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the ++ % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in ++ % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which ++ % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing ++ % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an ++ % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real ++ % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. ++ \penalty9999 ++ % ++ % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. ++ \kern -#1\mil ++ % ++ % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. ++ \nobreak ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). ++ ++\let\br = \par ++ ++% @page forces the start of a new page. ++% ++\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} ++ ++% @exdent text.... ++% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin ++ ++% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. ++% That's how much \exdent should take out. ++\newskip\exdentamount ++ ++% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. ++\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} ++ ++% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. ++\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount ++ \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} ++ ++% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current ++% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion ++% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. ++% ++\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm ++\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} ++% ++\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% ++ \nobreak ++ \kern-\strutdepth ++ \vtop to \strutdepth{% ++ \baselineskip=\strutdepth ++ \vss ++ % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to ++ % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. ++ \ifx#1l% ++ \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% ++ \else ++ \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% ++ \fi ++ \null ++ }% ++}} ++\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} ++\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} ++% ++% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} ++% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; ++% else use TEXT for both). ++% ++\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} ++\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% ++ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt ++ \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts ++ \def\righttext{#2}% ++ \else ++ \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text ++ \def\righttext{#1}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ \ifodd\pageno ++ \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin ++ \else ++ \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% ++ \fi ++ \temp ++} ++ ++% @include file insert text of that file as input. ++% ++\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} ++\def\includezzz#1{% ++ \pushthisfilestack ++ \def\thisfile{#1}% ++ {% ++ \makevalueexpandable ++ \def\temp{\input #1 }% ++ \expandafter ++ }\temp ++ \popthisfilestack ++} ++\def\filenamecatcodes{% ++ \catcode`\\=\other ++ \catcode`~=\other ++ \catcode`^=\other ++ \catcode`_=\other ++ \catcode`|=\other ++ \catcode`<=\other ++ \catcode`>=\other ++ \catcode`+=\other ++ \catcode`-=\other ++} ++ ++\def\pushthisfilestack{% ++ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm ++} ++\def\pushthisfilestackX{% ++ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm ++} ++\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% ++ \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% ++} ++ ++\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} ++\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: ++ the stack of filenames is empty.}} ++ ++\def\thisfile{} ++ ++% @center line ++% outputs that line, centered. ++% ++\parseargdef\center{% ++ \ifhmode ++ \let\next\centerH ++ \else ++ \let\next\centerV ++ \fi ++ \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% ++} ++\def\centerH#1{% ++ {% ++ \hfil\break ++ \advance\hsize by -\leftskip ++ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip ++ \line{#1}% ++ \break ++ }% ++} ++\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} ++ ++% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space ++ ++\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} ++ ++% @comment ...line which is ignored... ++% @c is the same as @comment ++% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment ++ ++\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% ++\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% ++\commentxxx} ++{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} ++ ++\let\c=\comment ++ ++% @paragraphindent NCHARS ++% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. ++% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. ++% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. ++% ++\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords ++\def\noneword{none} ++% ++\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \ifx\temp\asisword ++ \else ++ \ifx\temp\noneword ++ \defaultparindent = 0pt ++ \else ++ \defaultparindent = #1em ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \parindent = \defaultparindent ++} ++ ++% @exampleindent NCHARS ++% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. ++% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but ++% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. ++\parseargdef\exampleindent{% ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \ifx\temp\asisword ++ \else ++ \ifx\temp\noneword ++ \lispnarrowing = 0pt ++ \else ++ \lispnarrowing = #1em ++ \fi ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% @firstparagraphindent WORD ++% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph ++% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such ++% paragraphs. ++% ++% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling ++% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. ++% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. ++% By default, we suppress indentation. ++% ++\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} ++\def\insertword{insert} ++% ++\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \ifx\temp\noneword ++ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent ++ \else\ifx\temp\insertword ++ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax ++ \else ++ \errhelp = \EMsimple ++ \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% ++ \fi\fi ++} ++ ++% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to ++% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. ++% ++% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next ++% paragraph. ++% ++\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% ++ \gdef\indent{% ++ \restorefirstparagraphindent ++ \indent ++ }% ++ \gdef\noindent{% ++ \restorefirstparagraphindent ++ \noindent ++ }% ++ \global\everypar = {% ++ \kern -\parindent ++ \restorefirstparagraphindent ++ }% ++} ++ ++\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% ++ \global \let \indent = \ptexindent ++ \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent ++ \global \everypar = {}% ++} ++ ++ ++% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. ++% ++\def\asis#1{#1} ++ ++% @math outputs its argument in math mode. ++% ++% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean ++% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make ++% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, ++% which is what @var uses. ++{ ++ \catcode`\_ = \active ++ \gdef\mathunderscore{% ++ \catcode`\_=\active ++ \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% ++ } ++} ++% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. ++% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but ++% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not ++% otherwise define @\. ++% ++% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. ++\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} ++% ++\def\math{% ++ \tex ++ \mathunderscore ++ \let\\ = \mathbackslash ++ \mathactive ++ $\finishmath ++} ++\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. ++ ++% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. ++% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument ++% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). ++% ++{ ++ \catcode`^ = \active ++ \catcode`< = \active ++ \catcode`> = \active ++ \catcode`+ = \active ++ \gdef\mathactive{% ++ \let^ = \ptexhat ++ \let< = \ptexless ++ \let> = \ptexgtr ++ \let+ = \ptexplus ++ } ++} ++ ++% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. ++\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} ++\def\minus{$-$} ++ ++% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. ++% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm ++% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, ++% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do ++% whichever is larger. ++% ++\def\dots{% ++ \leavevmode ++ \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods ++ \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em ++ \dimen0 = \wd0 ++ \else ++ \dimen0 = 1.5em ++ \fi ++ \hbox to \dimen0{% ++ \hskip 0pt plus.25fil ++ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil ++ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil ++ .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil ++ }% ++} ++ ++% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. ++% ++\def\enddots{% ++ \dots ++ \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor ++} ++ ++% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up ++% Texinfo's parsing. ++% ++\let\comma = , ++ ++% @refill is a no-op. ++\let\refill=\relax ++ ++% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to ++% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. ++% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). ++% ++\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. ++\let\novalidate = \linksfalse ++ ++% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. ++% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. ++% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. ++\def\setfilename{% ++ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. ++ \iflinks ++ \tryauxfile ++ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. ++ \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux ++ \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. ++ \openindices ++ \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. ++ % ++ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. ++ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. ++ \openin 1 texinfo.cnf ++ \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi ++ \closein 1 ++ % ++ \comment % Ignore the actual filename. ++} ++ ++% Called from \setfilename. ++% ++\def\openindices{% ++ \newindex{cp}% ++ \newcodeindex{fn}% ++ \newcodeindex{vr}% ++ \newcodeindex{tp}% ++ \newcodeindex{ky}% ++ \newcodeindex{pg}% ++} ++ ++% @bye. ++\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} ++ ++ ++\message{pdf,} ++% adobe `portable' document format ++\newcount\tempnum ++\newcount\lnkcount ++\newtoks\filename ++\newcount\filenamelength ++\newcount\pgn ++\newtoks\toksA ++\newtoks\toksB ++\newtoks\toksC ++\newtoks\toksD ++\newbox\boxA ++\newcount\countA ++\newif\ifpdf ++\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest ++ ++% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 ++% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, ++% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. ++\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined ++\else ++ \ifx\pdfoutput\relax ++ \else ++ \ifcase\pdfoutput ++ \else ++ \pdftrue ++ \fi ++ \fi ++\fi ++ ++% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, ++% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to ++% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be ++% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. ++% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html ++% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX ++% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so ++% that's what we do). ++ ++% double active backslashes. ++% ++{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active ++ @gdef@activebackslashdouble{% ++ @catcode`@\=@active ++ @let\=@doublebackslash} ++} ++ ++% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are ++% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as ++% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor ++% changes for Texinfo. It is included here under the GPL by permission ++% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek. ++% ++% #1 is the tokens to replace. ++% #2 is the replacement. ++% #3 is the control sequence with the string. ++% ++\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{% ++ \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{% ++ ##1% ++ \ifx\\##2\\% ++ \else ++ #2% ++ \HyReturnAfterFi{% ++ \HyPsdReplace##2\END ++ }% ++ \fi ++ }% ++ \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}% ++} ++\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} ++ ++% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements. ++\def\backslashparens#1{% ++ \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply ++ % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest. ++ \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}% ++ \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}% ++} ++ ++\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images ++with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot ++be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI ++output) for that.)} ++ ++\ifpdf ++ % ++ % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex. ++ \def\cmykDarkRed{0.28 1 1 0.35} ++ \def\cmykBlack{0 0 0 1} ++ % ++ \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 k}} ++ % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, ++ % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. ++ \def\setcolor#1{% ++ \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% ++ \domark ++ \pdfsetcolor{#1}% ++ } ++ % ++ \def\maincolor{\cmykBlack} ++ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} ++ \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} ++ \def\lastcolordefs{} ++ % ++ \def\makefootline{% ++ \baselineskip24pt ++ \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% ++ } ++ % ++ \def\makeheadline{% ++ \vbox to 0pt{% ++ \vskip-22.5pt ++ \line{% ++ \vbox to8.5pt{}% ++ % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. ++ \getcolormarks ++ % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. ++ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% ++ }% ++ \vss ++ }% ++ \nointerlineskip ++ } ++ % ++ % ++ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} ++ % ++ % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). ++ \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% ++ \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% ++ \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% ++ % ++ % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among ++ % others). Let's try in that order. ++ \let\pdfimgext=\empty ++ \begingroup ++ \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 ++ \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 ++ \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 ++ \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 ++ \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 ++ \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp ++ \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% ++ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% ++ \fi ++ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% ++ \fi ++ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% ++ \fi ++ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% ++ \fi ++ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% ++ \fi ++ \closein 1 ++ \endgroup ++ % ++ % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is ++ % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) ++ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 ++ \immediate\pdfimage ++ \else ++ \immediate\pdfximage ++ \fi ++ \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi ++ \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi ++ \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 ++ #1.\pdfimgext ++ \else ++ {#1.\pdfimgext}% ++ \fi ++ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else ++ \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage ++ \fi} ++ % ++ \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% ++ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters ++ % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. ++ \indexnofonts ++ \turnoffactive ++ \activebackslashdouble ++ \makevalueexpandable ++ \def\pdfdestname{#1}% ++ \backslashparens\pdfdestname ++ \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% ++ }} ++ % ++ % used to mark target names; must be expandable. ++ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} ++ % ++ % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as ++ % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. ++ \def\urlcolor{\cmykDarkRed} ++ \def\linkcolor{\cmykDarkRed} ++ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} ++ % ++ % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines ++ % come from Petr Olsak ++ \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% ++ \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} ++ \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax ++ \advance\tempnum by 1 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} ++ % ++ % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the ++ % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number ++ % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, ++ % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. ++ % #4 is the page number ++ % ++ \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% ++ % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the ++ % page number. We could generate a destination for the section ++ % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't ++ % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. ++ \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% ++ \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty ++ \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}% ++ \else ++ % Doubled backslashes in the name. ++ {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% ++ \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ % Also double the backslashes in the display string. ++ {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% ++ \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}% ++ % ++ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% ++ } ++ % ++ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% ++ \begingroup ++ % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks ++ \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace ++ \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace ++ % ++ % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. ++ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% ++ \def\thischapnum{##2}% ++ \def\thissecnum{0}% ++ \def\thissubsecnum{0}% ++ }% ++ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% ++ \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% ++ \def\thissecnum{##2}% ++ \def\thissubsecnum{0}% ++ }% ++ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% ++ \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% ++ \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% ++ }% ++ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% ++ \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% ++ }% ++ \def\thischapnum{0}% ++ \def\thissecnum{0}% ++ \def\thissubsecnum{0}% ++ % ++ % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et ++ % al. a second time, below. ++ \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% ++ \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% ++ \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% ++ \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% ++ \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% ++ \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% ++ \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% ++ \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% ++ \readdatafile{toc}% ++ % ++ % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. ++ % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of ++ % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. ++ % ++ % We use the node names as the destinations. ++ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% ++ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% ++ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% ++ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% ++ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% ++ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% ++ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero ++ \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% ++ % ++ % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of ++ % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, ++ % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from ++ % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from ++ % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. ++ % ++ % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to ++ % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right ++ % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. ++ \indexnofonts ++ \setupdatafile ++ \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash ++ \input \tocreadfilename ++ \endgroup ++ } ++ % ++ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% ++ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax ++ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces ++ \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% ++ \advance\filenamelength by 1 ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \nextsp} ++ \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} ++ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 ++ \let \startlink \pdfannotlink ++ \else ++ \let \startlink \pdfstartlink ++ \fi ++ % make a live url in pdf output. ++ \def\pdfurl#1{% ++ \begingroup ++ % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not ++ % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context ++ % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one ++ % people have actually reported a problem with. ++ % ++ \normalturnoffactive ++ \def\@{@}% ++ \let\/=\empty ++ \makevalueexpandable ++ \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% ++ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% ++ user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% ++ \endgroup} ++ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} ++ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} ++ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} ++ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} ++ \def\maketoks{% ++ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax ++ \ifx\first0\adn0 ++ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 ++ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 ++ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 ++ \else ++ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi ++ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else ++ \let\next=\maketoks ++ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} ++ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi ++ \fi ++ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi ++ \next} ++ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% ++ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} ++ \def\pdflink#1{% ++ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} ++ \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} ++ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} ++\else ++ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble ++ \let\pdfurl = \gobble ++ \let\endlink = \relax ++ \let\setcolor = \gobble ++ \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble ++ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax ++\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput ++ ++ ++\message{fonts,} ++ ++% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. ++% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in ++% italics, not bold italics. ++% ++\def\setfontstyle#1{% ++ \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. ++ \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font ++} ++ ++% Select #1 fonts with the current style. ++% ++\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} ++ ++\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} ++\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} ++\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} ++\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} ++\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} ++ ++% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. ++% So we set up a \sf. ++\newfam\sffam ++\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} ++\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. ++ ++% We don't need math for this font style. ++\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} ++ ++ ++% Default leading. ++\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt ++ ++% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size ++% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers ++% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. ++% ++\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} ++\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} ++\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} ++% ++% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. ++\def\baselinefactor{1} ++% ++\def\setleading#1{% ++ \dimen0 = #1\relax ++ \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 ++ \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip ++ \normalbaselines ++ \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% ++ \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip ++ depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip ++ }% ++} ++ ++% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. ++% ++% do nothing with this by default. ++\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble ++\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble ++\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble ++ ++% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. ++% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run ++% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) ++\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else ++ \begingroup ++ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. ++ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap ++%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) ++%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) ++%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) ++%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) ++%%Version: 1.000 ++%%EndComments ++/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin ++12 dict begin ++begincmap ++/CIDSystemInfo ++<< /Registry (TeX) ++/Ordering (OT1) ++/Supplement 0 ++>> def ++/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def ++/CMapType 2 def ++1 begincodespacerange ++<00> <7F> ++endcodespacerange ++8 beginbfrange ++<00> <01> <0393> ++<09> <0A> <03A8> ++<23> <26> <0023> ++<28> <3B> <0028> ++<3F> <5B> <003F> ++<5D> <5E> <005D> ++<61> <7A> <0061> ++<7B> <7C> <2013> ++endbfrange ++40 beginbfchar ++<02> <0398> ++<03> <039B> ++<04> <039E> ++<05> <03A0> ++<06> <03A3> ++<07> <03D2> ++<08> <03A6> ++<0B> <00660066> ++<0C> <00660069> ++<0D> <0066006C> ++<0E> <006600660069> ++<0F> <00660066006C> ++<10> <0131> ++<11> <0237> ++<12> <0060> ++<13> <00B4> ++<14> <02C7> ++<15> <02D8> ++<16> <00AF> ++<17> <02DA> ++<18> <00B8> ++<19> <00DF> ++<1A> <00E6> ++<1B> <0153> ++<1C> <00F8> ++<1D> <00C6> ++<1E> <0152> ++<1F> <00D8> ++<21> <0021> ++<22> <201D> ++<27> <2019> ++<3C> <00A1> ++<3D> <003D> ++<3E> <00BF> ++<5C> <201C> ++<5F> <02D9> ++<60> <2018> ++<7D> <02DD> ++<7E> <007E> ++<7F> <00A8> ++endbfchar ++endcmap ++CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop ++end ++end ++%%EndResource ++%%EOF ++ }\endgroup ++ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% ++ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% ++ }% ++% ++% \cmapOT1IT ++ \begingroup ++ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. ++ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap ++%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) ++%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) ++%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) ++%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) ++%%Version: 1.000 ++%%EndComments ++/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin ++12 dict begin ++begincmap ++/CIDSystemInfo ++<< /Registry (TeX) ++/Ordering (OT1IT) ++/Supplement 0 ++>> def ++/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def ++/CMapType 2 def ++1 begincodespacerange ++<00> <7F> ++endcodespacerange ++8 beginbfrange ++<00> <01> <0393> ++<09> <0A> <03A8> ++<25> <26> <0025> ++<28> <3B> <0028> ++<3F> <5B> <003F> ++<5D> <5E> <005D> ++<61> <7A> <0061> ++<7B> <7C> <2013> ++endbfrange ++42 beginbfchar ++<02> <0398> ++<03> <039B> ++<04> <039E> ++<05> <03A0> ++<06> <03A3> ++<07> <03D2> ++<08> <03A6> ++<0B> <00660066> ++<0C> <00660069> ++<0D> <0066006C> ++<0E> <006600660069> ++<0F> <00660066006C> ++<10> <0131> ++<11> <0237> ++<12> <0060> ++<13> <00B4> ++<14> <02C7> ++<15> <02D8> ++<16> <00AF> ++<17> <02DA> ++<18> <00B8> ++<19> <00DF> ++<1A> <00E6> ++<1B> <0153> ++<1C> <00F8> ++<1D> <00C6> ++<1E> <0152> ++<1F> <00D8> ++<21> <0021> ++<22> <201D> ++<23> <0023> ++<24> <00A3> ++<27> <2019> ++<3C> <00A1> ++<3D> <003D> ++<3E> <00BF> ++<5C> <201C> ++<5F> <02D9> ++<60> <2018> ++<7D> <02DD> ++<7E> <007E> ++<7F> <00A8> ++endbfchar ++endcmap ++CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop ++end ++end ++%%EndResource ++%%EOF ++ }\endgroup ++ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% ++ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% ++ }% ++% ++% \cmapOT1TT ++ \begingroup ++ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. ++ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap ++%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) ++%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) ++%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) ++%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) ++%%Version: 1.000 ++%%EndComments ++/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin ++12 dict begin ++begincmap ++/CIDSystemInfo ++<< /Registry (TeX) ++/Ordering (OT1TT) ++/Supplement 0 ++>> def ++/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def ++/CMapType 2 def ++1 begincodespacerange ++<00> <7F> ++endcodespacerange ++5 beginbfrange ++<00> <01> <0393> ++<09> <0A> <03A8> ++<21> <26> <0021> ++<28> <5F> <0028> ++<61> <7E> <0061> ++endbfrange ++32 beginbfchar ++<02> <0398> ++<03> <039B> ++<04> <039E> ++<05> <03A0> ++<06> <03A3> ++<07> <03D2> ++<08> <03A6> ++<0B> <2191> ++<0C> <2193> ++<0D> <0027> ++<0E> <00A1> ++<0F> <00BF> ++<10> <0131> ++<11> <0237> ++<12> <0060> ++<13> <00B4> ++<14> <02C7> ++<15> <02D8> ++<16> <00AF> ++<17> <02DA> ++<18> <00B8> ++<19> <00DF> ++<1A> <00E6> ++<1B> <0153> ++<1C> <00F8> ++<1D> <00C6> ++<1E> <0152> ++<1F> <00D8> ++<20> <2423> ++<27> <2019> ++<60> <2018> ++<7F> <00A8> ++endbfchar ++endcmap ++CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop ++end ++end ++%%EndResource ++%%EOF ++ }\endgroup ++ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% ++ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% ++ }% ++\fi\fi ++ ++ ++% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the ++% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). ++% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap ++% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass ++% empty to omit). ++\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% ++ \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 ++ \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% ++} ++% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. ++\let\cmap\gobble ++% emacs-page end of cmaps ++ ++% Use cm as the default font prefix. ++% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix ++% before you read in texinfo.tex. ++\ifx\fontprefix\undefined ++\def\fontprefix{cm} ++\fi ++% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. ++\def\rmshape{r} ++\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold ++\def\bfshape{b} ++\def\bxshape{bx} ++\def\ttshape{tt} ++\def\ttbshape{tt} ++\def\ttslshape{sltt} ++\def\itshape{ti} ++\def\itbshape{bxti} ++\def\slshape{sl} ++\def\slbshape{bxsl} ++\def\sfshape{ss} ++\def\sfbshape{ss} ++\def\scshape{csc} ++\def\scbshape{csc} ++ ++% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in ++% Texinfo. ++% ++\def\definetextfontsizexi{% ++% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). ++\def\textnominalsize{11pt} ++\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} ++\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} ++\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} ++\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} ++\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} ++\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} ++\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} ++\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep ++\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep ++\def\textecsize{1095} ++ ++% A few fonts for @defun names and args. ++\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} ++\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} ++\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} ++ ++% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). ++\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} ++\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} ++\font\smalli=cmmi9 ++\font\smallsy=cmsy9 ++\def\smallecsize{0900} ++ ++% Fonts for small examples (8pt). ++\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} ++\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} ++\font\smalleri=cmmi8 ++\font\smallersy=cmsy8 ++\def\smallerecsize{0800} ++ ++% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): ++\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} ++\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} ++\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} ++\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} ++\let\titlebf=\titlerm ++\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} ++\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 ++\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 ++\def\authorrm{\secrm} ++\def\authortt{\sectt} ++\def\titleecsize{2074} ++ ++% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). ++\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} ++\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} ++\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} ++\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} ++\let\chapbf=\chaprm ++\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} ++\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 ++\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 ++\def\chapecsize{1728} ++ ++% Section fonts (14.4pt). ++\def\secnominalsize{14pt} ++\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} ++\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} ++\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} ++\let\secbf\secrm ++\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} ++\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 ++\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 ++\def\sececsize{1440} ++ ++% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). ++\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} ++\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} ++\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} ++\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} ++\let\ssecbf\ssecrm ++\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} ++\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf ++\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 ++\def\ssececsize{1200} ++ ++% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). ++\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} ++\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} ++\font\reducedi=cmmi10 ++\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 ++\def\reducedecsize{1000} ++ ++% reset the current fonts ++\textfonts ++\rm ++} % end of 11pt text font size definitions ++ ++ ++% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with ++% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU ++% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the ++% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. ++% ++\def\definetextfontsizex{% ++% Text fonts (10pt). ++\def\textnominalsize{10pt} ++\edef\mainmagstep{1000} ++\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} ++\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} ++\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} ++\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} ++\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} ++\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} ++\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep ++\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep ++\def\textecsize{1000} ++ ++% A few fonts for @defun names and args. ++\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} ++\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} ++\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} ++ ++% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). ++\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} ++\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} ++\font\smalli=cmmi9 ++\font\smallsy=cmsy9 ++\def\smallecsize{0900} ++ ++% Fonts for small examples (8pt). ++\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} ++\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} ++\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} ++\font\smalleri=cmmi8 ++\font\smallersy=cmsy8 ++\def\smallerecsize{0800} ++ ++% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): ++\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} ++\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} ++\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} ++\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} ++\let\titlebf=\titlerm ++\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} ++\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 ++\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 ++\def\authorrm{\secrm} ++\def\authortt{\sectt} ++\def\titleecsize{2074} ++ ++% Chapter fonts (14.4pt). ++\def\chapnominalsize{14pt} ++\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} ++\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} ++\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} ++\let\chapbf\chaprm ++\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} ++\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 ++\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 ++\def\chapecsize{1440} ++ ++% Section fonts (12pt). ++\def\secnominalsize{12pt} ++\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} ++\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} ++\let\secbf\secrm ++\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} ++\font\seci=cmmi12 ++\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 ++\def\sececsize{1200} ++ ++% Subsection fonts (10pt). ++\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} ++\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} ++\let\ssecbf\ssecrm ++\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} ++\font\sseci=cmmi10 ++\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 ++\def\ssececsize{1000} ++ ++% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt). ++\def\reducednominalsize{9pt} ++\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} ++\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} ++\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} ++\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} ++\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} ++\font\reducedi=cmmi9 ++\font\reducedsy=cmsy9 ++\def\reducedecsize{0900} ++ ++% reduce space between paragraphs ++\divide\parskip by 2 ++ ++% reset the current fonts ++\textfonts ++\rm ++} % end of 10pt text font size definitions ++ ++ ++% We provide the user-level command ++% @fonttextsize 10 ++% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. ++% ++\def\xword{10} ++\def\xiword{11} ++% ++\parseargdef\fonttextsize{% ++ \def\textsizearg{#1}% ++ \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% ++ % ++ % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since ++ % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. ++ % ++ \begingroup \globaldefs=1 ++ \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex ++ \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi ++ \else ++ \errhelp=\EMsimple ++ \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} ++ \fi\fi ++ \endgroup ++} ++ ++ ++% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, ++% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since ++% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except ++% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and ++% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). ++% ++\def\resetmathfonts{% ++ \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy ++ \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf ++ \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf ++} ++ ++% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead ++% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the ++% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire ++% \tenSTYLE to set the current font. ++% ++% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) ++% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in ++% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. ++% ++% This all needs generalizing, badly. ++% ++\def\textfonts{% ++ \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl ++ \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc ++ \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy ++ \let\tenttsl=\textttsl ++ \def\curfontsize{text}% ++ \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% ++ \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} ++\def\titlefonts{% ++ \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl ++ \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc ++ \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy ++ \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl ++ \def\curfontsize{title}% ++ \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% ++ \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} ++\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} ++\def\chapfonts{% ++ \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl ++ \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc ++ \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy ++ \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl ++ \def\curfontsize{chap}% ++ \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% ++ \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} ++\def\secfonts{% ++ \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl ++ \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc ++ \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy ++ \let\tenttsl=\secttsl ++ \def\curfontsize{sec}% ++ \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% ++ \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} ++\def\subsecfonts{% ++ \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl ++ \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc ++ \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy ++ \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl ++ \def\curfontsize{ssec}% ++ \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% ++ \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} ++\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts ++\def\reducedfonts{% ++ \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl ++ \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc ++ \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy ++ \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl ++ \def\curfontsize{reduced}% ++ \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% ++ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} ++\def\smallfonts{% ++ \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl ++ \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc ++ \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy ++ \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl ++ \def\curfontsize{small}% ++ \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% ++ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} ++\def\smallerfonts{% ++ \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl ++ \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc ++ \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy ++ \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl ++ \def\curfontsize{smaller}% ++ \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% ++ \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} ++ ++% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. ++\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts ++ ++% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample ++% can fit this many characters: ++% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 ++% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: ++% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 ++% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth ++% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. ++% ++% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): ++% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 ++% ++% I wish the USA used A4 paper. ++% --karl, 24jan03. ++ ++ ++% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. ++% ++\definetextfontsizexi ++ ++% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. ++\def\angleleft{$\langle$} ++\def\angleright{$\rangle$} ++ ++% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks ++\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 ++ ++% Fonts for short table of contents. ++\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 ++\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} ++\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} ++ ++%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans ++%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic ++ ++% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction ++% unless the following character is such as not to need one. ++\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else ++ \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} ++\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} ++\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} ++ ++% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. ++% @var is set to this for defun arguments. ++\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} ++ ++% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want ++% ttsl for book titles, do we? ++\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} ++ ++\let\i=\smartitalic ++\let\slanted=\smartslanted ++\let\var=\smartslanted ++\let\dfn=\smartslanted ++\let\emph=\smartitalic ++ ++% @b, explicit bold. ++\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} ++\let\strong=\b ++ ++% @sansserif, explicit sans. ++\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} ++ ++% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at ++% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the ++% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. ++% ++\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} ++\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } ++ ++% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. ++% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and ++% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. ++% ++\catcode`@=11 ++ \def\plainfrenchspacing{% ++ \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m ++ \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m ++ \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends ++ } ++ \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% ++ \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 ++ \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 ++ \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends ++ } ++\catcode`@=\other ++\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default ++ ++\def\t#1{% ++ {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}% ++ \null ++} ++\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} ++\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} ++\font\keysy=cmsy9 ++\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% ++ \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% ++ \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt ++ \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% ++ \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% ++ \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} ++\def\key #1{{\nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} ++% The old definition, with no lozenge: ++%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} ++\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} ++ ++% @file, @option are the same as @samp. ++\let\file=\samp ++\let\option=\samp ++ ++% @code is a modification of @t, ++% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. ++\def\tclose#1{% ++ {% ++ % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. ++ \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font ++ % ++ % Switch to typewriter. ++ \tt ++ % ++ % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. ++ \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% ++ % ++ % Turn off hyphenation. ++ \nohyphenation ++ % ++ \rawbackslash ++ \plainfrenchspacing ++ #1% ++ }% ++ \null ++} ++ ++% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. ++% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes ++% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. ++ ++% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control ++% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. ++% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) ++% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. ++% -- rms. ++{ ++ \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active ++ \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active ++ % ++ \global\def\code{\begingroup ++ \catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active ++ \let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft ++ % ++ \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active ++ \ifallowcodebreaks ++ \let-\codedash ++ \let_\codeunder ++ \else ++ \let-\realdash ++ \let_\realunder ++ \fi ++ \codex ++ } ++} ++ ++\def\realdash{-} ++\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} ++\def\codeunder{% ++ % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ ++ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) ++ % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us ++ % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. ++ \ifusingtt{\ifmmode ++ \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. ++ \else\normalunderscore \fi ++ \discretionary{}{}{}}% ++ {\_}% ++} ++\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} ++ ++% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., ++% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in ++% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in ++% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this. ++% ++\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue ++ ++\def\keywordtrue{true} ++\def\keywordfalse{false} ++ ++\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% ++ \def\txiarg{#1}% ++ \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue ++ \allowcodebreakstrue ++ \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse ++ \allowcodebreaksfalse ++ \else ++ \errhelp = \EMsimple ++ \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}% ++ \fi\fi ++} ++ ++% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, ++% then @kbd has no effect. ++ ++% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), ++% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), ++% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). ++\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% ++ \def\txiarg{#1}% ++ \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct ++ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% ++ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample ++ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% ++ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode ++ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% ++ \else ++ \errhelp = \EMsimple ++ \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}% ++ \fi\fi\fi ++} ++\def\worddistinct{distinct} ++\def\wordexample{example} ++\def\wordcode{code} ++ ++% Default is `distinct.' ++\kbdinputstyle distinct ++ ++\def\xkey{\key} ++\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% ++\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% ++\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi ++\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} ++ ++% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. ++\let\indicateurl=\code ++\let\env=\code ++\let\command=\code ++ ++% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) ++% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third ++% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url ++% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in ++% a hypertex \special here. ++% ++\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} ++\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup ++ \unsepspaces ++ \pdfurl{#1}% ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% ++ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt ++ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that ++ \else ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% ++ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt ++ \ifpdf ++ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it ++ \else ++ \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url ++ \fi ++ \else ++ \code{#1}% only url given, so show it ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \endlink ++\endgroup} ++ ++% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. ++% ++\let\url=\uref ++ ++% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. ++% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. ++% ++%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} ++\ifpdf ++ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} ++ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup ++ \unsepspaces ++ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% ++ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi ++ \endlink ++ \endgroup} ++\else ++ \let\email=\uref ++\fi ++ ++% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the ++% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and ++% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have ++% this property, we can check that font parameter. ++% ++\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } ++ ++% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the ++% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. ++% ++\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} ++ ++\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} ++ ++% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', ++% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for ++% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. ++%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} ++ ++% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. ++\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font ++\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font ++\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font ++ ++% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. ++% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for ++% all-uppercase. ++% ++\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} ++\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% ++ {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% ++ \def\temp{#2}% ++ \ifx\temp\empty \else ++ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. ++% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. ++% ++\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} ++\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% ++ {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% ++ \def\temp{#2}% ++ \ifx\temp\empty \else ++ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. ++% ++\def\pounds{{\it\$}} ++ ++% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. ++% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik ++% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and ++% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). ++% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. ++% ++% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore ++% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular ++% font height. ++% ++% feymr - regular ++% feymo - slanted ++% feybr - bold ++% feybo - bold slanted ++% ++% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. ++% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. ++% Hmm. ++% ++% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? ++% Hope not. ++% ++% ++\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} ++\def\eurofont{% ++ % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in ++ % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that ++ % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the ++ % font installed. ++ % ++ % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale ++ % that to the current nominal size. ++ % ++ % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but ++ % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. ++ % ++ \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% ++ % ++ \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename ++ % bold: ++ \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize ++ \else ++ % regular: ++ \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize ++ \fi ++ \thiseurofont ++} ++ ++% Hacks for glyphs from the EC fonts similar to \euro. We don't ++% use \let for the aliases, because sometimes we redefine the original ++% macro, and the alias should reflect the redefinition. ++\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} ++\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} ++\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} ++\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} ++\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} ++\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} ++\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} ++\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} ++% ++\def\ecfont{% ++ % We can't distinguish serif/sanserif and italic/slanted, but this ++ % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German ++ % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so ++ % hopefully nobody will notice/care. ++ \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% ++ \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% ++ \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename ++ % bold: ++ \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize ++ \else ++ % regular: ++ \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize ++ \fi ++ \thisecfont ++} ++ ++% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really ++% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. ++% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. ++% ++\def\registeredsymbol{% ++ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% ++ \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% ++ }$% ++} ++ ++% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. ++% ++\def\textdegree{$^\circ$} ++ ++% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: ++% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 ++% so we'll define it if necessary. ++% ++\ifx\Orb\undefined ++\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} ++\fi ++ ++% Quotes. ++\chardef\quotedblleft="5C ++\chardef\quotedblright=`\" ++\chardef\quoteleft=`\` ++\chardef\quoteright=`\' ++ ++ ++\message{page headings,} ++ ++\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in ++\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc ++ ++% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. ++\newif\ifseenauthor ++\newif\iffinishedtitlepage ++ ++% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the ++% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. ++% ++\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage ++ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue ++\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage ++ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue ++ ++\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% ++ \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} ++ ++\envdef\titlepage{% ++ % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. ++ \begingroup ++ \parindent=0pt \textfonts ++ % Leave some space at the very top of the page. ++ \vglue\titlepagetopglue ++ % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. ++ \finishedtitlepagetrue ++ % ++ % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space ++ % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. ++ \let\oldpage = \page ++ \def\page{% ++ \iffinishedtitlepage\else ++ \finishtitlepage ++ \fi ++ \let\page = \oldpage ++ \page ++ \null ++ }% ++} ++ ++\def\Etitlepage{% ++ \iffinishedtitlepage\else ++ \finishtitlepage ++ \fi ++ % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, ++ % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. ++ % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page ++ % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. ++ \oldpage ++ \endgroup ++ % ++ % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are ++ % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. ++ \HEADINGSon ++ % ++ % If they want short, they certainly want long too. ++ \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage ++ \shortcontents ++ \contents ++ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax ++ \global\let\contents = \relax ++ \fi ++ % ++ \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage ++ \contents ++ \global\let\contents = \relax ++ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax ++ \fi ++} ++ ++\def\finishtitlepage{% ++ \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize ++ \vskip\titlepagebottomglue ++ \finishedtitlepagetrue ++} ++ ++%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: ++ ++\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm ++\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} ++ ++\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines ++ \let\tt=\authortt} ++ ++\parseargdef\title{% ++ \checkenv\titlepage ++ \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1} ++ % print a rule at the page bottom also. ++ \finishedtitlepagefalse ++ \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt ++} ++ ++\parseargdef\subtitle{% ++ \checkenv\titlepage ++ {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% ++} ++ ++% @author should come last, but may come many times. ++% It can also be used inside @quotation. ++% ++\parseargdef\author{% ++ \def\temp{\quotation}% ++ \ifx\thisenv\temp ++ \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. ++ \else ++ \checkenv\titlepage ++ \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi ++ {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++ ++%%% Set up page headings and footings. ++ ++\let\thispage=\folio ++ ++\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages ++\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages ++\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages ++\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages ++ ++% Now make TeX use those variables ++\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline ++ \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} ++\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline ++ \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} ++\let\HEADINGShook=\relax ++ ++% Commands to set those variables. ++% For example, this is what @headings on does ++% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter ++% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle ++% @evenfooting @thisfile|| ++% @oddfooting ||@thisfile ++ ++ ++\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} ++\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} ++\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% ++\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} ++ ++\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} ++\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} ++\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% ++\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} ++ ++\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% ++ ++\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} ++\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} ++\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% ++\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} ++ ++\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} ++\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} ++\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% ++ \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% ++ % ++ % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume ++ % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. ++ \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt ++ \global\advance\vsize by -12pt ++} ++ ++\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} ++ ++% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page ++% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page ++% ++% The same set of arguments for: ++% ++% @oddheadingmarks ++% @evenfootingmarks ++% @oddfootingmarks ++% @everyheadingmarks ++% @everyfootingmarks ++ ++\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} ++\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} ++\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} ++\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} ++\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} ++ \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } ++\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} ++ \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } ++% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. ++\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% ++ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname ++ \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp ++} ++ ++\everyheadingmarks bottom ++\everyfootingmarks bottom ++ ++% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. ++% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. ++% @headings off turns them off. ++% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. ++% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. ++% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. ++% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. ++% By default, they are off at the start of a document, ++% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. ++ ++\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} ++ ++\def\HEADINGSoff{% ++\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} ++\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} ++\HEADINGSoff ++% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. ++% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, ++% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document ++% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top ++% edge of all pages. ++\def\HEADINGSdouble{% ++\global\pageno=1 ++\global\evenfootline={\hfil} ++\global\oddfootline={\hfil} ++\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} ++\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} ++\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage ++} ++\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager ++ ++% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, ++% page number on top right. ++\def\HEADINGSsingle{% ++\global\pageno=1 ++\global\evenfootline={\hfil} ++\global\oddfootline={\hfil} ++\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} ++\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} ++\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager ++} ++\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} ++ ++\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} ++\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter ++\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% ++\global\evenfootline={\hfil} ++\global\oddfootline={\hfil} ++\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} ++\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} ++\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage ++} ++ ++\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} ++\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% ++\global\evenfootline={\hfil} ++\global\oddfootline={\hfil} ++\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} ++\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} ++\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager ++} ++ ++% Subroutines used in generating headings ++% This produces Day Month Year style of output. ++% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set ++% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). ++\ifx\today\undefined ++\def\today{% ++ \number\day\space ++ \ifcase\month ++ \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr ++ \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug ++ \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec ++ \fi ++ \space\number\year} ++\fi ++ ++% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. ++% It generates no output of its own. ++\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} ++\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} ++ ++ ++\message{tables,} ++% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). ++ ++% default indentation of table text ++\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in ++% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text ++\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in ++% margin between end of table item and start of table text. ++\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in ++ ++% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin ++\newdimen\itemmax ++ ++% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with ++% these defs. ++% They also define \itemindex ++% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). ++ ++\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip ++ ++\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} ++ ++\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} ++\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} ++ ++\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % ++ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip ++ \advance\hsize by -\tableindent ++ \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% ++ \itemindex{#1}% ++ \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. ++ % ++ % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line ++ % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that ++ % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next ++ % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the ++ % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. ++ \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax ++ % ++ % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, ++ % but leave it ragged-right. ++ \begingroup ++ \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent ++ \advance\hsize by\tableindent ++ \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil ++ \leavevmode\unhbox0\par ++ \endgroup ++ % ++ % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the ++ % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. ++ \nobreak \vskip-\parskip ++ % ++ % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if ++ % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no ++ % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would ++ % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this ++ % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert ++ % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. ++ % ++ \penalty 10001 ++ \endgroup ++ \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse ++ \else ++ % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the ++ % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. ++ \noindent ++ % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in ++ % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and ++ % eventually be printed. ++ \nobreak\kern-\tableindent ++ \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 ++ \unhbox0 ++ \nobreak\kern\dimen0 ++ \endgroup ++ \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue ++ \fi ++} ++ ++\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} ++\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} ++ ++% @table, @ftable, @vtable. ++\envdef\table{% ++ \let\itemindex\gobble ++ \tablecheck{table}% ++} ++\envdef\ftable{% ++ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% ++ \tablecheck{ftable}% ++} ++\envdef\vtable{% ++ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% ++ \tablecheck{vtable}% ++} ++\def\tablecheck#1{% ++ \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active ++ \endgroup ++ \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is ++ that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% ++ \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% ++ \else ++ \let\next\tablex ++ \fi ++ \next ++} ++\def\tablex#1{% ++ \def\itemindicate{#1}% ++ \parsearg\tabley ++} ++\def\tabley#1{% ++ {% ++ \makevalueexpandable ++ \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% ++ \expandafter ++ }\temp \endtablez ++} ++\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% ++ \aboveenvbreak ++ \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi ++ \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi ++ \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi ++ \itemmax=\tableindent ++ \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin ++ \advance \leftskip by \tableindent ++ \exdentamount=\tableindent ++ \parindent = 0pt ++ \parskip = \smallskipamount ++ \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi ++ \let\item = \internalBitem ++ \let\itemx = \internalBitemx ++} ++\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} ++\let\Eftable\Etable ++\let\Evtable\Etable ++\let\Eitemize\Etable ++\let\Eenumerate\Etable ++ ++% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize ++ ++\newcount \itemno ++ ++\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} ++ ++\def\doitemize#1{% ++ \aboveenvbreak ++ \itemmax=\itemindent ++ \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin ++ \advance\leftskip by \itemindent ++ \exdentamount=\itemindent ++ \parindent=0pt ++ \parskip=\smallskipamount ++ \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi ++ \def\itemcontents{#1}% ++ % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. ++ \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi ++ \let\item=\itemizeitem ++} ++ ++% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. ++% ++\def\itemizeitem{% ++ \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations ++ {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break ++ {% ++ % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a ++ % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have ++ % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero ++ % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the ++ % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there ++ % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much ++ % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least ++ % that's the theory. ++ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi ++ \noindent ++ \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% ++ \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. ++ \flushcr ++} ++ ++% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in ++% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. ++% ++\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% ++ ++% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, ++% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No ++% argument is the same as `1'. ++% ++\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} ++\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% ++ % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. ++ \def\thearg{#1}% ++ \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi ++ % ++ % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a ++ % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. ++ % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. ++ % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at ++ % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) ++ \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark ++ \ifx\rest\empty ++ % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. ++ % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. ++ % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and ++ % not equal to itself. ++ % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. ++ % ++ % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from ++ % continuing to look for a . ++ % ++ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax ++ \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) ++ \else ++ % It's a letter. ++ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax ++ \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter ++ \else ++ \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \else ++ % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. ++ \numericenumerate ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is ++% given in \thearg. ++% ++\def\numericenumerate{% ++ \itemno = \thearg ++ \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% ++} ++ ++% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. ++\def\lowercaseenumerate{% ++ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg ++ \startenumeration{% ++ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. ++ \ifnum\itemno=0 ++ \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger ++ alphabet}% ++ \fi ++ \char\lccode\itemno ++ }% ++} ++ ++% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. ++\def\uppercaseenumerate{% ++ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg ++ \startenumeration{% ++ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. ++ \ifnum\itemno=0 ++ \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger ++ alphabet} ++ \fi ++ \char\uccode\itemno ++ }% ++} ++ ++% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the ++% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in ++% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. ++% ++\def\startenumeration#1{% ++ \advance\itemno by -1 ++ \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr ++} ++ ++% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg ++% to @enumerate. ++% ++\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} ++\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} ++\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} ++\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} ++ ++ ++% @multitable macros ++% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 ++% ++% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. ++% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width ++% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, ++% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. ++ ++% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. ++ ++% To make preamble: ++% ++% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: ++% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 ++% @item ... ++% ++% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total ++% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many ++% columns as desired. ++ ++ ++% Or use a template: ++% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} ++% @item ... ++% using the widest term desired in each column. ++ ++% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column ++% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's ++% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, ++% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. ++ ++% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt ++% if they are. ++ ++% Sample multitable: ++ ++% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} ++% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col ++% @item ++% first col stuff ++% @tab ++% second col stuff ++% @tab ++% third col ++% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff ++% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. ++% ++% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. ++% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. ++% @end multitable ++ ++% Default dimensions may be reset by user. ++% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. ++% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. ++% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. ++% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline ++% to baseline. ++% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. ++% ++\newskip\multitableparskip ++\newskip\multitableparindent ++\newdimen\multitablecolspace ++\newskip\multitablelinespace ++\multitableparskip=0pt ++\multitableparindent=6pt ++\multitablecolspace=12pt ++\multitablelinespace=0pt ++ ++% Macros used to set up halign preamble: ++% ++\let\endsetuptable\relax ++\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} ++\let\columnfractions\relax ++\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} ++\newif\ifsetpercent ++ ++% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might ++% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. ++% ++\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% ++ \global\advance\colcount by 1 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% ++ \setuptable ++} ++ ++\newcount\colcount ++\def\setuptable#1{% ++ \def\firstarg{#1}% ++ \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable ++ \let\go = \relax ++ \else ++ \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions ++ \global\setpercenttrue ++ \else ++ \ifsetpercent ++ \let\go\pickupwholefraction ++ \else ++ \global\advance\colcount by 1 ++ \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a ++ % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction ++ % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so ++ % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. ++ \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% ++ \else ++ \let\go = \setuptable ++ \fi% ++ \fi ++ \go ++} ++ ++% multitable-only commands. ++% ++% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. ++% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group ++% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab. ++\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}% ++% ++% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template ++% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until ++% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. ++% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. ++\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% ++ ++% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: ++% ++\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. ++% ++\envdef\multitable{% ++ \vskip\parskip ++ \startsavinginserts ++ % ++ % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. ++ % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries ++ % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka ++ % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. ++ \def\item{\crcr}% ++ % ++ \tolerance=9500 ++ \hbadness=9500 ++ \setmultitablespacing ++ \parskip=\multitableparskip ++ \parindent=\multitableparindent ++ \overfullrule=0pt ++ \global\colcount=0 ++ % ++ \everycr = {% ++ \noalign{% ++ \global\everytab={}% ++ \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. ++ % Check for saved footnotes, etc. ++ \checkinserts ++ % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. ++ %\filbreak ++ % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the ++ % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the ++ % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. ++ }% ++ }% ++ % ++ \parsearg\domultitable ++} ++\def\domultitable#1{% ++ % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: ++ \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable ++ % ++ % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will ++ % be used as many times as user calls for columns. ++ % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and ++ % continue for many paragraphs if desired. ++ \halign\bgroup &% ++ \global\advance\colcount by 1 ++ \multistrut ++ \vtop{% ++ % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: ++ \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname ++ % ++ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other ++ % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after ++ % the first one. ++ % ++ % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace ++ % to the width of each template entry. ++ % ++ % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will ++ % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip ++ % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at ++ % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. ++ % ++ % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. ++ \rightskip=0pt ++ \ifnum\colcount=1 ++ % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. ++ \advance\hsize by\leftskip ++ \else ++ \ifsetpercent \else ++ % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize ++ % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. ++ \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace ++ \fi ++ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: ++ \leftskip=\multitablecolspace ++ \fi ++ % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious ++ % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the ++ % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. ++ % For example: ++ % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 ++ % @item @code{#} ++ % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. ++ % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively ++ % marking characters. ++ \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut ++ }\cr ++} ++\def\Emultitable{% ++ \crcr ++ \egroup % end the \halign ++ \global\setpercentfalse ++} ++ ++\def\setmultitablespacing{% ++ \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing ++ % ++ % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in ++ % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on ++ % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. ++ % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. ++\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt ++\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip ++\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 ++\fi ++%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of ++%% table. If not, do nothing. ++%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. ++\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace ++\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace ++\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller ++ %% than skip between lines in the table. ++\fi% ++\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt ++\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace ++\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller ++ %% than skip between lines in the table. ++\fi} ++ ++ ++\message{conditionals,} ++ ++% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, ++% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't ++% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we ++% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't ++% attempt to close an environment group. ++% ++\def\makecond#1{% ++ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax ++ \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 ++} ++\makecond{iftex} ++\makecond{ifnotdocbook} ++\makecond{ifnothtml} ++\makecond{ifnotinfo} ++\makecond{ifnotplaintext} ++\makecond{ifnotxml} ++ ++% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. ++% ++\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} ++\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} ++\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} ++\def\html{\doignore{html}} ++\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} ++\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} ++\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} ++\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} ++\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} ++\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} ++\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} ++\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} ++\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} ++ ++% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. ++% ++% A count to remember the depth of nesting. ++\newcount\doignorecount ++ ++\def\doignore#1{\begingroup ++ % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: ++ \obeylines ++ \catcode`\@ = \other ++ \catcode`\{ = \other ++ \catcode`\} = \other ++ % ++ % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. ++ \spaceisspace ++ % ++ % Count number of #1's that we've seen. ++ \doignorecount = 0 ++ % ++ % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. ++ \dodoignore{#1}% ++} ++ ++{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. ++ \obeylines % ++ % ++ \gdef\dodoignore#1{% ++ % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. ++ % ++ % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. ++ \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% ++ \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% ++ % ++ % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a ++ % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for ++ % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) ++ \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% ++ % ++ % And now expand that command. ++ \doignoretext ^^M% ++ }% ++} ++ ++\def\doignoreyyy#1{% ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. ++ \let\next\doignoretextzzz ++ \else % Found a nested condition, ... ++ \advance\doignorecount by 1 ++ \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. ++ % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). ++ \fi ++ \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. ++} ++ ++% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". ++% ++\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% ++ \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. ++ \let\next\enddoignore ++ \else % Still inside a nested condition. ++ \advance\doignorecount by -1 ++ \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. ++ \fi ++ \next ++} ++ ++% Finish off ignored text. ++{ \obeylines% ++ % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim ++ % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional ++ % would result in a blank line in the output. ++ \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% ++} ++ ++ ++% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. ++% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. ++% ++% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be ++% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our ++% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we ++% didn't need it. ++% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. ++% ++\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} ++\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% ++ {% ++ \makevalueexpandable ++ \def\temp{#2}% ++ \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% ++ \ifx\temp\empty ++ \next{}% ++ \else ++ \setzzz#2\endsetzzz ++ \fi ++ }% ++} ++% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. ++\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} ++ ++% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. ++% ++\parseargdef\clear{% ++ {% ++ \makevalueexpandable ++ \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax ++ }% ++} ++ ++% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. ++\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} ++\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} ++{ ++ \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active ++ % ++ \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% ++ \let\value = \expandablevalue ++ % We don't want these characters active, ... ++ \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other ++ % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if ++ % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. ++ % So \let them to their normal equivalents. ++ \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore ++ } ++} ++ ++% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's ++% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). ++% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since ++% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the ++% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain ++% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work ++% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). ++% ++\def\expandablevalue#1{% ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax ++ {[No value for ``#1'']}% ++ \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% ++ \else ++ \csname SET#1\endcsname ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined ++% with @set. ++% ++% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. ++% ++\makecond{ifset} ++\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} ++\def\doifset#1#2{% ++ {% ++ \makevalueexpandable ++ \let\next=\empty ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax ++ #1% If not set, redefine \next. ++ \fi ++ \expandafter ++ }\next ++} ++\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} ++ ++% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been ++% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. ++% ++% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the ++% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, ++% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. ++% ++\makecond{ifclear} ++\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} ++\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} ++ ++% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file ++% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. ++\let\dircategory=\comment ++ ++% @defininfoenclose. ++\let\definfoenclose=\comment ++ ++ ++\message{indexing,} ++% Index generation facilities ++ ++% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite ++% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. ++\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} ++ ++% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. ++% It automatically defines \fooindex such that ++% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. ++% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for ++% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. ++% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long ++% for the sake of vms. ++% ++\def\newindex#1{% ++ \iflinks ++ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname ++ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file ++ \fi ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index ++ \noexpand\doindex{#1}} ++} ++ ++% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} ++% ++\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} ++ ++% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. ++% ++\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} ++% ++\def\newcodeindex#1{% ++ \iflinks ++ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname ++ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 ++ \fi ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% ++ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% ++} ++ ++ ++% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. ++% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. ++% ++% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo ++% inside @code. ++% ++\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} ++\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} ++ ++% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), ++% #3 the target index (bar). ++\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% ++ % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up ++ % closing the target index. ++ \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined ++ % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the ++ % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. ++ \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname ++ \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 ++ \fi ++ % redefine \fooindfile: ++ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname ++ \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp ++ % redefine \fooindex: ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% ++} ++ ++% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. ++% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, ++% and it is "foo", the name of the index. ++ ++% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. ++% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. ++ ++% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} ++% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. ++ ++\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} ++\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} ++ ++% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. ++\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} ++\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} ++ ++% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. ++% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, ++% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. ++% ++\def\indexdummies{% ++ \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. ++ \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. ++ \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% ++ % ++ % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. ++ % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes ++ % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. ++ \let\{ = \mylbrace ++ \let\} = \myrbrace ++ % ++ % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is ++ % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts ++ % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is, ++ % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput ++ % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput ++ % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that ++ % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it ++ % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that ++ % is still getting written without apparent harm. ++ % ++ % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to ++ % help-texinfo, 22may06): ++ % @macro funindex {WORD} ++ % @findex xyz ++ % @end macro ++ % ... ++ % @funindex commtest ++ % ++ % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor. ++ % ++ % Sample whatsit resulting: ++ % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}} ++ % ++ % So: ++ \let\endinput = \empty ++ % ++ % Do the redefinitions. ++ \commondummies ++} ++ ++% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to ++% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of ++% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @, ++% this will be simpler. ++% ++\def\atdummies{% ++ \def\@{@@}% ++ \def\ {@ }% ++ \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd ++ \let\} = \rbraceatcmd ++ % ++ % Do the redefinitions. ++ \commondummies ++ \otherbackslash ++} ++ ++% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. ++% ++\def\commondummies{% ++ % ++ % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively ++ % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words, ++ % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for ++ % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word ++ % from whatever follows. ++ % ++ % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the ++ % space. ++ % ++ % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and ++ % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then ++ % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). ++ % ++ \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}% ++ \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% ++ \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter ++ % ++ \commondummiesnofonts ++ % ++ \definedummyletter\_% ++ % ++ % Non-English letters. ++ \definedummyword\AA ++ \definedummyword\AE ++ \definedummyword\L ++ \definedummyword\OE ++ \definedummyword\O ++ \definedummyword\aa ++ \definedummyword\ae ++ \definedummyword\l ++ \definedummyword\oe ++ \definedummyword\o ++ \definedummyword\ss ++ \definedummyword\exclamdown ++ \definedummyword\questiondown ++ \definedummyword\ordf ++ \definedummyword\ordm ++ % ++ % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. ++ \definedummyword\bf ++ \definedummyword\gtr ++ \definedummyword\hat ++ \definedummyword\less ++ \definedummyword\sf ++ \definedummyword\sl ++ \definedummyword\tclose ++ \definedummyword\tt ++ % ++ \definedummyword\LaTeX ++ \definedummyword\TeX ++ % ++ % Assorted special characters. ++ \definedummyword\bullet ++ \definedummyword\comma ++ \definedummyword\copyright ++ \definedummyword\registeredsymbol ++ \definedummyword\dots ++ \definedummyword\enddots ++ \definedummyword\equiv ++ \definedummyword\error ++ \definedummyword\euro ++ \definedummyword\guillemetleft ++ \definedummyword\guillemetright ++ \definedummyword\guilsinglleft ++ \definedummyword\guilsinglright ++ \definedummyword\expansion ++ \definedummyword\minus ++ \definedummyword\pounds ++ \definedummyword\point ++ \definedummyword\print ++ \definedummyword\quotedblbase ++ \definedummyword\quotedblleft ++ \definedummyword\quotedblright ++ \definedummyword\quoteleft ++ \definedummyword\quoteright ++ \definedummyword\quotesinglbase ++ \definedummyword\result ++ \definedummyword\textdegree ++ % ++ % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. ++ \macrolist ++ % ++ \normalturnoffactive ++ % ++ % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any ++ % (non-fully-expandable) commands. ++ \makevalueexpandable ++} ++ ++% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. ++% ++\def\commondummiesnofonts{% ++ % Control letters and accents. ++ \definedummyletter\!% ++ \definedummyaccent\"% ++ \definedummyaccent\'% ++ \definedummyletter\*% ++ \definedummyaccent\,% ++ \definedummyletter\.% ++ \definedummyletter\/% ++ \definedummyletter\:% ++ \definedummyaccent\=% ++ \definedummyletter\?% ++ \definedummyaccent\^% ++ \definedummyaccent\`% ++ \definedummyaccent\~% ++ \definedummyword\u ++ \definedummyword\v ++ \definedummyword\H ++ \definedummyword\dotaccent ++ \definedummyword\ringaccent ++ \definedummyword\tieaccent ++ \definedummyword\ubaraccent ++ \definedummyword\udotaccent ++ \definedummyword\dotless ++ % ++ % Texinfo font commands. ++ \definedummyword\b ++ \definedummyword\i ++ \definedummyword\r ++ \definedummyword\sc ++ \definedummyword\t ++ % ++ % Commands that take arguments. ++ \definedummyword\acronym ++ \definedummyword\cite ++ \definedummyword\code ++ \definedummyword\command ++ \definedummyword\dfn ++ \definedummyword\emph ++ \definedummyword\env ++ \definedummyword\file ++ \definedummyword\kbd ++ \definedummyword\key ++ \definedummyword\math ++ \definedummyword\option ++ \definedummyword\pxref ++ \definedummyword\ref ++ \definedummyword\samp ++ \definedummyword\strong ++ \definedummyword\tie ++ \definedummyword\uref ++ \definedummyword\url ++ \definedummyword\var ++ \definedummyword\verb ++ \definedummyword\w ++ \definedummyword\xref ++} ++ ++% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index ++% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all ++% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string ++% would be for a given command (usually its argument). ++% ++\def\indexnofonts{% ++ % Accent commands should become @asis. ++ \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% ++ % We can just ignore other control letters. ++ \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% ++ % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. ++ \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent ++ % ++ \commondummiesnofonts ++ % ++ % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command ++ % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. ++ % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. ++ %\let\tt=\asis ++ % ++ \def\ { }% ++ \def\@{@}% ++ % how to handle braces? ++ \def\_{\normalunderscore}% ++ % ++ % Non-English letters. ++ \def\AA{AA}% ++ \def\AE{AE}% ++ \def\L{L}% ++ \def\OE{OE}% ++ \def\O{O}% ++ \def\aa{aa}% ++ \def\ae{ae}% ++ \def\l{l}% ++ \def\oe{oe}% ++ \def\o{o}% ++ \def\ss{ss}% ++ \def\exclamdown{!}% ++ \def\questiondown{?}% ++ \def\ordf{a}% ++ \def\ordm{o}% ++ % ++ \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% ++ \def\TeX{TeX}% ++ % ++ % Assorted special characters. ++ % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) ++ \def\bullet{bullet}% ++ \def\comma{,}% ++ \def\copyright{copyright}% ++ \def\registeredsymbol{R}% ++ \def\dots{...}% ++ \def\enddots{...}% ++ \def\equiv{==}% ++ \def\error{error}% ++ \def\euro{euro}% ++ \def\guillemetleft{<<}% ++ \def\guillemetright{>>}% ++ \def\guilsinglleft{<}% ++ \def\guilsinglright{>}% ++ \def\expansion{==>}% ++ \def\minus{-}% ++ \def\pounds{pounds}% ++ \def\point{.}% ++ \def\print{-|}% ++ \def\quotedblbase{"}% ++ \def\quotedblleft{"}% ++ \def\quotedblright{"}% ++ \def\quoteleft{`}% ++ \def\quoteright{'}% ++ \def\quotesinglbase{,}% ++ \def\result{=>}% ++ \def\textdegree{degrees}% ++ % ++ % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). ++ % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. ++ % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up ++ % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry ++ % that starts with \. ++ % ++ % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them ++ % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that ++ % goes to end-of-line is not handled. ++ % ++ \macrolist ++} ++ ++\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. ++\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? ++ ++% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. ++% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. ++\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} ++ ++% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. ++% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- ++% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception ++% is with most defuns, which call us directly). ++% ++\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% ++ \iflinks ++ {% ++ % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). ++ \toks0 = {#2}% ++ % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. ++ \def\thirdarg{#3}% ++ \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else ++ \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% ++ % ++ \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite ++ }% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: ++% ++\def\dosubindwrite{% ++ % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. ++ \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else ++ \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ % Remember, we are within a group. ++ \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage ++ \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now ++ % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. ++ % ++ % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to ++ % get the string to sort by. ++ {\indexnofonts ++ \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion ++ \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% ++ }% ++ % ++ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and ++ % the original text, including any font commands. We write ++ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the ++ % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s ++ % sorted result. ++ \edef\temp{% ++ \write\writeto{% ++ \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% ++ }% ++ \temp ++} ++ ++% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: ++% ++% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it ++% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting ++% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the ++% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that ++% sequences like this: ++% @end defun ++% @tindex whatever ++% @defun ... ++% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the ++% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of ++% the previous defun. ++% ++% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We ++% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. ++% ++% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. ++% ++% But wait, there is a catch there: ++% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not ++% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts ++% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual ++% representation of the skip. ++% ++% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that ++% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). ++% ++\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} ++% ++\newskip\whatsitskip ++\newcount\whatsitpenalty ++% ++% ..., ready, GO: ++% ++\def\safewhatsit#1{% ++\ifhmode ++ #1% ++\else ++ % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. ++ \whatsitskip = \lastskip ++ \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% ++ \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty ++ % ++ % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a ++ % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this ++ % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a ++ % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential ++ % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. ++ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro ++ \else ++ \vskip-\whatsitskip ++ \fi ++ % ++ #1% ++ % ++ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro ++ % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and ++ % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want ++ % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various ++ % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any ++ % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: ++ % ++ % @deffn deffn-whatever ++ % @vindex index-whatever ++ % Description. ++ % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit ++ % and the "Description." paragraph. ++ \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi ++ \else ++ % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, ++ % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item ++ % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. ++ \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip ++ \fi ++\fi ++} ++ ++% The index entry written in the file actually looks like ++% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} ++% or ++% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} ++% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files ++% containing these kinds of lines: ++% \initial {c} ++% before the first topic whose initial is c ++% \entry {topic}{pagelist} ++% for a topic that is used without subtopics ++% \primary {topic} ++% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics ++% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} ++% for each subtopic. ++ ++% Define the user-accessible indexing commands ++% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. ++ ++\def\findex {\fnindex} ++\def\kindex {\kyindex} ++\def\cindex {\cpindex} ++\def\vindex {\vrindex} ++\def\tindex {\tpindex} ++\def\pindex {\pgindex} ++ ++\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} ++{\obeylines % ++\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % ++\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} ++ ++% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. ++ ++% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. ++% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). ++% ++\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup ++ \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% ++ % ++ \smallfonts \rm ++ \tolerance = 9500 ++ \plainfrenchspacing ++ \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. ++ % ++ % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. ++ % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains ++ % \initial {@} ++ % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces ++ % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). ++ \catcode`\@ = 11 ++ \openin 1 \jobname.#1s ++ \ifeof 1 ++ % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, ++ % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the ++ % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure ++ % there is some text. ++ \putwordIndexNonexistent ++ \else ++ % ++ % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof ++ % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so ++ % it can discover if there is anything in it. ++ \read 1 to \temp ++ \ifeof 1 ++ \putwordIndexIsEmpty ++ \else ++ % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape ++ % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change ++ % to make right now. ++ \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% ++ \catcode`\\ = 0 ++ \escapechar = `\\ ++ \begindoublecolumns ++ \input \jobname.#1s ++ \enddoublecolumns ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \closein 1 ++\endgroup} ++ ++% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. ++% Change them to control the appearance of the index. ++ ++\def\initial#1{{% ++ % Some minor font changes for the special characters. ++ \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt ++ % ++ % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. ++ \removelastskip ++ % ++ % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. ++ \nobreak ++ \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip ++ \penalty 0 ++ \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip ++ % ++ % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of ++ % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column ++ % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch ++ % we need before each entry, but it's better. ++ % ++ % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. ++ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip ++ \leftline{\secbf #1}% ++ % Do our best not to break after the initial. ++ \nobreak ++ \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip ++}} ++ ++% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and ++% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index ++% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. ++% ++% A straightforward implementation would start like this: ++% \def\entry#1#2{... ++% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to ++% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- ++% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. ++% ++% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. ++% --kasal, 21nov03 ++\def\entry{% ++ \begingroup ++ % ++ % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't ++ % affect previous text. ++ \par ++ % ++ % Do not fill out the last line with white space. ++ \parfillskip = 0in ++ % ++ % No extra space above this paragraph. ++ \parskip = 0in ++ % ++ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. ++ \finalhyphendemerits = 0 ++ % ++ % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number ++ % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the ++ % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large ++ % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across ++ % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. ++ % ++ % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start ++ % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. ++ \hangindent = 2em ++ % ++ % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line ++ % with blank space. ++ \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil ++ % ++ % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing ++ % columns. ++ \vskip 0pt plus1pt ++ % ++ % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): ++ \afterassignment\doentry ++ \let\temp = ++} ++\def\doentry{% ++ \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. ++ \noindent ++ \aftergroup\finishentry ++ % And now comes the text of the entry. ++} ++\def\finishentry#1{% ++ % #1 is the page number. ++ % ++ % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if ++ % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be ++ % cursed by a Unix daemon. ++ \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}% ++ \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt ++ \ % ++ \else ++ % ++ % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out ++ % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the ++ % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) ++ \hfil\penalty50 ++ \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. ++ % ++ % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as ++ % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull ++ % \hbox ensues. ++ \ifpdf ++ \pdfgettoks#1.% ++ \ \the\toksA ++ \else ++ \ #1% ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \par ++ \endgroup ++} ++ ++% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. ++\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders ++ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} ++ ++\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} ++ ++\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm ++\def\secondary#1#2{{% ++ \parfillskip=0in ++ \parskip=0in ++ \hangindent=1in ++ \hangafter=1 ++ \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill ++ \ifpdf ++ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. ++ \else ++ #2 ++ \fi ++ \par ++}} ++ ++% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. ++% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, ++% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. ++\catcode`\@=11 ++ ++\newbox\partialpage ++\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize ++ ++\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns ++ % Grab any single-column material above us. ++ \output = {% ++ % ++ % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a ++ % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output ++ % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is ++ % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In ++ % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal ++ % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this ++ % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. ++ \ifvoid\partialpage \else ++ \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% ++ % Unvbox the main output page. ++ \unvbox\PAGE ++ \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip ++ }% ++ }% ++ \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage ++ % ++ % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. ++ \output = {\doublecolumnout}% ++ % ++ % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this ++ % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 ++ % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple ++ % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the ++ % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. ++ % ++ % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between ++ % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it ++ % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant ++ % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) ++ % as it did when we hard-coded it. ++ % ++ % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we ++ % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) ++ % been clobbered. ++ % ++ \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize ++ \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize ++ \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 ++ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize ++ % ++ % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, ++ % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) ++ \vsize = 2\vsize ++} ++ ++% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except ++% the last. ++% ++\def\doublecolumnout{% ++ \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth ++ % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal ++ % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the ++ % previous page. ++ \dimen@ = \vsize ++ \divide\dimen@ by 2 ++ \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage ++ % ++ % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. ++ \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ ++ \onepageout\pagesofar ++ \unvbox255 ++ \penalty\outputpenalty ++} ++% ++% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, ++% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. ++\def\pagesofar{% ++ \unvbox\partialpage ++ % ++ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize ++ \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize ++ \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% ++} ++% ++% All done with double columns. ++\def\enddoublecolumns{% ++ % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised ++ % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the ++ % following situation: ++ % ++ % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry. ++ % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no ++ % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last ++ % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not ++ % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following ++ % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject ++ % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output ++ % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last ++ % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which ++ % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with ++ % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as ++ % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page ++ % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the ++ % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page ++ % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final ++ % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after ++ % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns ++ % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see ++ % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. ++ % ++ % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the ++ % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281). ++ \penalty0 ++ % ++ \output = {% ++ % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the ++ % current page, no automatic page break. ++ \balancecolumns ++ % ++ % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, ++ % though, there will be another page break right after this \output ++ % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not ++ % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal ++ % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be ++ % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes ++ % the output somewhat more palatable.) ++ \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% ++ }% ++ \eject ++ \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns ++ % ++ % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted ++ % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column ++ % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the ++ % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). ++ \pagegoal = \vsize ++} ++% ++% Called at the end of the double column material. ++\def\balancecolumns{% ++ \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. ++ \dimen@ = \ht0 ++ \advance\dimen@ by \topskip ++ \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip ++ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to ++ %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% ++ \splittopskip = \topskip ++ % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. ++ {% ++ \vbadness = 10000 ++ \loop ++ \global\setbox3 = \copy0 ++ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ ++ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ ++ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt ++ \repeat ++ }% ++ %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% ++ \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% ++ \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% ++ % ++ \pagesofar ++} ++\catcode`\@ = \other ++ ++ ++\message{sectioning,} ++% Chapters, sections, etc. ++ ++% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered ++% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf ++% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter ++% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 ++% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) ++\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 ++\newcount\chapno ++\newcount\secno \secno=0 ++\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 ++\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 ++ ++% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... ++\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ ++% ++% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} ++% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple ++% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual ++% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. ++% ++\def\appendixletter{% ++ \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% ++ % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is ++ % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not ++ % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out ++ % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. ++ \else\char\the\appendixno ++ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi ++ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} ++ ++% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number ++% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use ++% these. @section does likewise. ++\def\thischapter{} ++\def\thischapternum{} ++\def\thischaptername{} ++\def\thissection{} ++\def\thissectionnum{} ++\def\thissectionname{} ++ ++\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level ++\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count ++ ++% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. ++\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} ++\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name ++ ++% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. ++\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} ++\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name ++ ++% we only have subsub. ++\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 ++% ++% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. ++% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: ++\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel ++% ++% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: ++% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. ++\def\chapheadtype{N} ++ ++% Choose a heading macro ++% #1 is heading type ++% #2 is heading level ++% #3 is text for heading ++\def\genhead#1#2#3{% ++ % Compute the abs. sec. level: ++ \absseclevel=#2 ++ \advance\absseclevel by \secbase ++ % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: ++ \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 ++ \absseclevel = 0 ++ \else ++ \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 ++ \absseclevel = 3 ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ % The heading type: ++ \def\headtype{#1}% ++ \if \headtype U% ++ \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel ++ \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel ++ \fi ++ \else ++ % Check for appendix sections: ++ \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 ++ \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% ++ \else ++ \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% ++ \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% ++ \fi\fi ++ \fi ++ % Check for numbered within unnumbered: ++ \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel ++ \def\headtype{U}% ++ \else ++ \chardef\unmlevel = 3 ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ % Now print the heading: ++ \if \headtype U% ++ \ifcase\absseclevel ++ \unnumberedzzz{#3}% ++ \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% ++ \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% ++ \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% ++ \fi ++ \else ++ \if \headtype A% ++ \ifcase\absseclevel ++ \appendixzzz{#3}% ++ \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% ++ \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% ++ \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% ++ \fi ++ \else ++ \ifcase\absseclevel ++ \chapterzzz{#3}% ++ \or \seczzz{#3}% ++ \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% ++ \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \suppressfirstparagraphindent ++} ++ ++% an interface: ++\def\numhead{\genhead N} ++\def\apphead{\genhead A} ++\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} ++ ++% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset ++% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. ++% ++% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers ++% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. ++\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty ++% ++\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz ++\def\chapterzzz#1{% ++ % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such ++ % as an @include file. ++ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 ++ \global\advance\chapno by 1 ++ % ++ % Used for \float. ++ \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% ++ \resetallfloatnos ++ % ++ \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% ++ % ++ % Write the actual heading. ++ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% ++ % ++ % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. ++ \global\let\section = \numberedsec ++ \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec ++ \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec ++} ++ ++\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz ++\def\appendixzzz#1{% ++ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 ++ \global\advance\appendixno by 1 ++ \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% ++ \resetallfloatnos ++ % ++ \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% ++ \message{\appendixnum}% ++ % ++ \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% ++ % ++ \global\let\section = \appendixsec ++ \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec ++ \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec ++} ++ ++\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz ++\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% ++ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 ++ \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 ++ % ++ % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. ++ \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty ++ \resetallfloatnos ++ % ++ % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the ++ % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX ++ % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX ++ % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant ++ % to be executed, not expanded). ++ % ++ % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear ++ % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use ++ % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, ++ % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for ++ % the toc entries.) ++ \toks0 = {#1}% ++ \message{(\the\toks0)}% ++ % ++ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% ++ % ++ \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec ++ \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec ++ \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec ++} ++ ++% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. ++\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% ++ % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break ++ % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. ++ % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 ++ \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters ++ \unnmhead0{#1}% ++ \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax ++} ++ ++% @top is like @unnumbered. ++\let\top\unnumbered ++ ++% Sections. ++\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz ++\def\seczzz#1{% ++ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 ++ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% ++} ++ ++\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz ++\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% ++ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 ++ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% ++} ++\let\appendixsec\appendixsection ++ ++\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz ++\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% ++ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 ++ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% ++} ++ ++% Subsections. ++\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz ++\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% ++ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 ++ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% ++} ++ ++\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz ++\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% ++ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 ++ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% ++ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% ++} ++ ++\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz ++\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% ++ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 ++ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% ++ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% ++} ++ ++% Subsubsections. ++\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz ++\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% ++ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 ++ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% ++ {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% ++} ++ ++\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz ++\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% ++ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 ++ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% ++ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% ++} ++ ++\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz ++\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% ++ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 ++ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% ++ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% ++} ++ ++% These macros control what the section commands do, according ++% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). ++% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. ++\let\section = \numberedsec ++\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec ++\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec ++ ++% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading ++ ++% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: ++% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit ++% overlong headings to fold. ++% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a ++% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. ++% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and ++% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. ++ ++ ++\def\majorheading{% ++ {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% ++ \parsearg\chapheadingzzz ++} ++ ++\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} ++\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% ++ {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 ++ \parindent=0pt\raggedright ++ \rm #1\hfill}}% ++ \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax ++ \suppressfirstparagraphindent ++} ++ ++% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. ++\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} ++ \suppressfirstparagraphindent} ++\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} ++ \suppressfirstparagraphindent} ++\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} ++ \suppressfirstparagraphindent} ++ ++% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only ++% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), ++% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. ++ ++%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) ++\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} ++ ++%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it ++% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) ++ ++\newskip\chapheadingskip ++ ++\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} ++\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} ++% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will ++% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't ++% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. ++\def\chapoddpage{% ++ \chappager ++ \ifodd\pageno \else ++ \begingroup ++ \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}% ++ \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}% ++ \hbox to 0pt{}% ++ \chappager ++ \endgroup ++ \fi ++} ++ ++\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} ++ ++\def\CHAPPAGoff{% ++\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager ++\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak ++\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} ++ ++\def\CHAPPAGon{% ++\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager ++\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager ++\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager ++\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} ++ ++\def\CHAPPAGodd{% ++\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage ++\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage ++\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage ++\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} ++ ++\CHAPPAGon ++ ++% Chapter opening. ++% ++% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, ++% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. ++% ++% To test against our argument. ++\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} ++\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} ++\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} ++% ++\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% ++ % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). ++ \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs ++ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs ++ \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% ++ \gdef\thissection{}}% ++ % ++ \def\temptype{#2}% ++ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword ++ \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% ++ \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% ++ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword ++ \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% ++ \gdef\thischapter{}}% ++ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword ++ \toks0={#1}% ++ \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum: ++ \noexpand\thischaptername}% ++ }% ++ \else ++ \toks0={#1}% ++ \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum: ++ \noexpand\thischaptername}% ++ }% ++ \fi\fi\fi ++ % ++ % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of ++ % the preceding space. ++ \safewhatsit\domark ++ % ++ % Insert the chapter heading break. ++ \pchapsepmacro ++ % ++ % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points ++ % between here and the heading. ++ \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs ++ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs ++ \domark ++ % ++ {% ++ \chapfonts \rm ++ % ++ % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the ++ % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called ++ % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. ++ \gdef\lastsection{#1}% ++ % ++ % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix ++ % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. ++ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{}% ++ \def\toctype{unnchap}% ++ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry ++ \def\toctype{omit}% ++ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% ++ \def\toctype{app}% ++ \else ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% ++ \def\toctype{numchap}% ++ \fi\fi\fi ++ % ++ % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the ++ % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc ++ % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. ++ \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% ++ % ++ % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make ++ % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has ++ % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the ++ % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not ++ % being visible, for instance under high magnification. ++ \donoderef{#2}% ++ % ++ % Typeset the actual heading. ++ \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. ++ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright ++ \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe ++ \unhbox0 #1\par}% ++ }% ++ \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title ++ \nobreak ++} ++ ++% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. ++\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax ++\def\centerparameters{% ++ \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip ++ \leftskip = \rightskip ++ \parfillskip = 0pt ++} ++ ++ ++% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not ++% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. ++% ++\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} ++% ++\def\unnchfopen #1{% ++\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 ++ \parindent=0pt\raggedright ++ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak ++} ++\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts ++\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% ++\par\penalty 5000 % ++} ++\def\centerchfopen #1{% ++\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 ++ \parindent=0pt ++ \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak ++} ++\def\CHAPFopen{% ++ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen ++ \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} ++ ++ ++% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and ++% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. ++% ++\newskip\secheadingskip ++\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} ++ ++% Subsection titles. ++\newskip\subsecheadingskip ++\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} ++ ++% Subsubsection titles. ++\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} ++\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} ++ ++ ++% Print any size, any type, section title. ++% ++% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is ++% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the ++% section number. ++% ++\def\seckeyword{sec} ++% ++\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% ++ {% ++ % Switch to the right set of fonts. ++ \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm ++ % ++ \def\sectionlevel{#2}% ++ \def\temptype{#3}% ++ % ++ % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). ++ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs ++ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword ++ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword ++ \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% ++ \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% ++ \fi ++ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword ++ % Don't redefine \thissection. ++ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword ++ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword ++ \toks0={#1}% ++ \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: ++ \noexpand\thissectionname}% ++ }% ++ \fi ++ \else ++ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword ++ \toks0={#1}% ++ \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% ++ \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: ++ \noexpand\thissectionname}% ++ }% ++ \fi ++ \fi\fi\fi ++ % ++ % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of ++ % the preceding space. ++ \safewhatsit\domark ++ % ++ % Insert space above the heading. ++ \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname ++ % ++ % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points ++ % between here and the heading. ++ \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs ++ \domark ++ % ++ % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. ++ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{}% ++ \def\toctype{unn}% ++ \gdef\lastsection{#1}% ++ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword ++ % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, ++ % and don't redefine \lastsection. ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{}% ++ \def\toctype{omit}% ++ \let\sectionlevel=\empty ++ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% ++ \def\toctype{app}% ++ \gdef\lastsection{#1}% ++ \else ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% ++ \def\toctype{num}% ++ \gdef\lastsection{#1}% ++ \fi\fi\fi ++ % ++ % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. ++ \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% ++ % ++ % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). ++ % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. ++ \donoderef{#3}% ++ % ++ % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. ++ % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be ++ % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the ++ % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that ++ % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the ++ % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. ++ \nobreak ++ % ++ % Output the actual section heading. ++ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright ++ \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number ++ \unhbox0 #1}% ++ }% ++ % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. ++ % Don't allow stretch, though. ++ \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname ++ % ++ % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it ++ % was followed by glue. ++ \nobreak ++ % ++ % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that ++ % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a ++ % discardable item.) ++ \vskip-\parskip ++ % ++ % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > ++ % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after ++ % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: ++ % ++ % @section sec-whatever ++ % @deffn def-whatever ++ \penalty 10001 ++} ++ ++ ++\message{toc,} ++% Table of contents. ++\newwrite\tocfile ++ ++% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. ++% Called from @chapter, etc. ++% ++% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} ++% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional ++% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually ++% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the ++% destination to jump to. ++% ++% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or ++% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. ++% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the ++% table of contents chapter openings themselves. ++% ++\newif\iftocfileopened ++\def\omitkeyword{omit}% ++% ++\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% ++ \edef\writetoctype{#1}% ++ \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else ++ \iftocfileopened\else ++ \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc ++ \global\tocfileopenedtrue ++ \fi ++ % ++ \iflinks ++ {\atdummies ++ \edef\temp{% ++ \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% ++ \temp ++ }% ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ % ++ % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're ++ % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't ++ % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered ++ % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first ++ % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named ++ % `1', and two named `2'. ++ \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi ++} ++ ++ ++% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman ++% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant ++% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. ++% ++\def\activecatcodes{% ++ \catcode`\"=\active ++ \catcode`\$=\active ++ \catcode`\<=\active ++ \catcode`\>=\active ++ \catcode`\\=\active ++ \catcode`\^=\active ++ \catcode`\_=\active ++ \catcode`\|=\active ++ \catcode`\~=\active ++} ++ ++ ++% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. ++\def\readtocfile{% ++ \setupdatafile ++ \activecatcodes ++ \input \tocreadfilename ++} ++ ++\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in ++\newcount\savepageno ++\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 ++ ++% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. ++% ++\def\startcontents#1{% ++ % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should ++ % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain ++ % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. ++ % From: Torbjorn Granlund ++ \contentsalignmacro ++ \immediate\closeout\tocfile ++ % ++ % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. ++ % It is abundantly clear what they are. ++ \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% ++ % ++ \savepageno = \pageno ++ \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. ++ \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. ++ \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. ++ % ++ % Roman numerals for page numbers. ++ \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi ++} ++ ++% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on ++% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. ++% ++\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} ++ ++% Normal (long) toc. ++% ++\def\contents{% ++ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% ++ \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space ++ \ifeof 1 \else ++ \readtocfile ++ \fi ++ \vfill \eject ++ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect ++ \ifeof 1 \else ++ \pdfmakeoutlines ++ \fi ++ \closein 1 ++ \endgroup ++ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno ++ \global\pageno = \savepageno ++} ++ ++% And just the chapters. ++\def\summarycontents{% ++ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% ++ % ++ \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry ++ \let\appentry = \shortchapentry ++ \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry ++ % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. ++ \secfonts ++ \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf ++ \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt ++ \rm ++ \hyphenpenalty = 10000 ++ \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. ++ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} ++ \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry ++ \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry ++ \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry ++ \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry ++ \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry ++ \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry ++ \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry ++ \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry ++ \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space ++ \ifeof 1 \else ++ \readtocfile ++ \fi ++ \closein 1 ++ \vfill \eject ++ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect ++ \endgroup ++ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno ++ \global\pageno = \savepageno ++} ++\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents ++ ++% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. ++% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. ++% ++\def\shortchaplabel#1{% ++ % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the ++ % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. ++ % But use \hss just in case. ++ % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after ++ % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) ++ % ++ % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange ++ % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and ++ % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 ++ % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters ++ % there are before deciding ... ++ \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% ++} ++ ++% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. ++% The first argument is the chapter or section name. ++% The last argument is the page number. ++% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... ++ ++% Chapters, in the main contents. ++\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} ++% ++% Chapters, in the short toc. ++% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. ++\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% ++ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% ++} ++ ++% Appendices, in the main contents. ++% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. ++% ++\def\appendixbox#1{% ++ % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% ++ \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} ++% ++\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} ++ ++% Unnumbered chapters. ++\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} ++\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} ++ ++% Sections. ++\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} ++\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry ++\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} ++ ++% Subsections. ++\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} ++\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry ++\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} ++ ++% And subsubsections. ++\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} ++\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry ++\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} ++ ++% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. ++% Same as \defaultparindent. ++\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt ++ ++% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the ++% page number. ++% ++% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters ++% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. ++\def\dochapentry#1#2{% ++ \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip ++ \begingroup ++ \chapentryfonts ++ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% ++ \endgroup ++ \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip ++} ++ ++\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup ++ \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent ++ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% ++\endgroup} ++ ++\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup ++ \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent ++ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% ++\endgroup} ++ ++\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup ++ \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent ++ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% ++\endgroup} ++ ++% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. ++\let\tocentry = \entry ++ ++% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. ++\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} ++ ++\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} ++\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} ++ ++\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} ++\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} ++\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} ++\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} ++ ++ ++\message{environments,} ++% @foo ... @end foo. ++ ++% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. ++% ++% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of ++% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. ++% ++\def\point{$\star$} ++\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} ++\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} ++\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} ++\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} ++ ++% The @error{} command. ++% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. ++% ++\newbox\errorbox ++% ++{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. ++\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules ++% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) ++\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt} ++% ++\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil ++ \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. ++ \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. ++ \vbox{% ++ \hrule height\dimen2 ++ \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. ++ \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. ++ \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. ++ \hrule height\dimen2} ++ \hfil} ++% ++\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} ++ ++% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. ++% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. ++% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. ++ ++\envdef\tex{% ++ \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 ++ \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 ++ \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie ++ \catcode `\%=14 ++ \catcode `\+=\other ++ \catcode `\"=\other ++ \catcode `\|=\other ++ \catcode `\<=\other ++ \catcode `\>=\other ++ \escapechar=`\\ ++ % ++ \let\b=\ptexb ++ \let\bullet=\ptexbullet ++ \let\c=\ptexc ++ \let\,=\ptexcomma ++ \let\.=\ptexdot ++ \let\dots=\ptexdots ++ \let\equiv=\ptexequiv ++ \let\!=\ptexexclam ++ \let\i=\ptexi ++ \let\indent=\ptexindent ++ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent ++ \let\{=\ptexlbrace ++ \let\+=\tabalign ++ \let\}=\ptexrbrace ++ \let\/=\ptexslash ++ \let\*=\ptexstar ++ \let\t=\ptext ++ \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing ++ % ++ \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% ++ \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% ++ \def\@{@}% ++} ++% There is no need to define \Etex. ++ ++% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. ++% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, ++% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). ++ ++% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. ++\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in ++ ++% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other ++% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't ++% have any width. ++\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} ++ ++% This space is always present above and below environments. ++\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt ++ ++% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here ++% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip ++% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the ++% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. ++% ++\def\aboveenvbreak{{% ++ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and ++ % \sectionheading, q.v. ++ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else ++ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip ++ \endgraf ++ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount ++ \removelastskip ++ % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak ++ % or better ... ++ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi ++ \vskip\envskipamount ++ \fi ++ \fi ++}} ++ ++\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak ++ ++% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will ++% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. ++\let\nonarrowing=\relax ++ ++% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around ++% environment contents. ++\font\circle=lcircle10 ++\newdimen\circthick ++\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner ++\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip ++\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle ++% ++\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth ++\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} ++\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} ++\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} ++\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip ++ \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr ++ \hskip\rskip}} ++\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip ++ \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr ++ \hskip\rskip}} ++% ++\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip ++ ++\envdef\cartouche{% ++ \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. ++ \startsavinginserts ++ \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip ++ \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. ++ \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip ++ \advance\cartinner by-\rskip ++ \cartouter=\hsize ++ \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either ++ % side, and for 6pt waste from ++ % each corner char, and rule thickness ++ \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip ++ % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. ++ \let\nonarrowing = t% ++ \vbox\bgroup ++ \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt ++ \carttop ++ \hbox\bgroup ++ \hskip\lskip ++ \vrule\kern3pt ++ \vbox\bgroup ++ \kern3pt ++ \hsize=\cartinner ++ \baselineskip=\normbskip ++ \lineskip=\normlskip ++ \parskip=\normpskip ++ \vskip -\parskip ++ \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. ++} ++\def\Ecartouche{% ++ \ifhmode\par\fi ++ \kern3pt ++ \egroup ++ \kern3pt\vrule ++ \hskip\rskip ++ \egroup ++ \cartbot ++ \egroup ++ \checkinserts ++} ++ ++ ++% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, ++% inside a group. ++\def\nonfillstart{% ++ \aboveenvbreak ++ \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy ++ \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. ++ \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines ++ \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output ++ \parskip = 0pt ++ \parindent = 0pt ++ \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes ++ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax ++ \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing ++ \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing ++ \else ++ \let\nonarrowing = \relax ++ \fi ++ \let\exdent=\nofillexdent ++} ++ ++% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. ++% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. ++% This affects the following displayed environments: ++% @example, @display, @format, @lisp ++% ++\def\smallword{small} ++\def\nosmallword{nosmall} ++\let\SETdispenvsize\relax ++\def\setnormaldispenv{% ++ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword ++ % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank ++ % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but ++ % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient ++ % to change the fonts afterward. ++ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi ++ \smallexamplefonts \rm ++ \fi ++} ++\def\setsmalldispenv{% ++ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword ++ \else ++ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi ++ \smallexamplefonts \rm ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. ++% Let's do it by one command: ++\def\makedispenv #1#2{ ++ \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} ++ \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} ++ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak ++ \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak ++} ++ ++% Define two synonyms: ++\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ ++ \makedispenv{#1}{#3} ++ \makedispenv{#2}{#3} ++} ++ ++% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. ++% ++% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. ++% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. ++% ++\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% ++ \nonfillstart ++ \tt\quoteexpand ++ \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. ++ \gobble % eat return ++} ++% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. ++% ++\makedispenv {display}{% ++ \nonfillstart ++ \gobble ++} ++ ++% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. ++% ++\makedispenv{format}{% ++ \let\nonarrowing = t% ++ \nonfillstart ++ \gobble ++} ++ ++% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. ++\envdef\flushleft{% ++ \let\nonarrowing = t% ++ \nonfillstart ++ \gobble ++} ++\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak ++ ++% @flushright. ++% ++\envdef\flushright{% ++ \let\nonarrowing = t% ++ \nonfillstart ++ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill ++ \gobble ++} ++\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak ++ ++ ++% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) ++% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since ++% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and ++% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. ++% ++\envdef\quotation{% ++ {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip ++ \parindent=0pt ++ % ++ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. ++ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax ++ \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing ++ \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing ++ \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing ++ \else ++ \let\nonarrowing = \relax ++ \fi ++ \parsearg\quotationlabel ++} ++ ++% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're ++% doing normal filling. ++% ++\def\Equotation{% ++ \par ++ \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else ++ % indent a bit. ++ \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% ++ \fi ++ {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% ++} ++ ++% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. ++\def\quotationlabel#1{% ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \ifx\temp\empty \else ++ {\bf #1: }% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++ ++% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} ++% If we want to allow any as delimiter, ++% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: ++% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org ++% ++% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. ++% ++% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets ++% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a ++% verbatim line. ++\def\dospecials{% ++ \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% ++ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% ++ \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% ++} ++% ++% [Knuth] p. 380 ++\def\uncatcodespecials{% ++ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} ++% ++% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 ++% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font ++\begingroup ++ \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} ++\endgroup ++% ++% Setup for the @verb command. ++% ++% Eight spaces for a tab ++\begingroup ++ \catcode`\^^I=\active ++ \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} ++\endgroup ++% ++\def\setupverb{% ++ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim ++ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% ++ \catcode`\`=\active ++ \tabeightspaces ++ % Respect line breaks, ++ % print special symbols as themselves, and ++ % make each space count ++ % must do in this order: ++ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces ++} ++ ++% Setup for the @verbatim environment ++% ++% Real tab expansion ++\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount ++% ++\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} ++ ++% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right ++% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote ++% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it ++% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least ++% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the ++% regular 0x27. ++% ++\def\codequoteright{% ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax ++ '% ++ \else \char'15 \fi ++ \else \char'15 \fi ++} ++% ++% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. ++% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like ++% the code environments to do likewise. ++% ++\def\codequoteleft{% ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax ++ `% ++ \else \char'22 \fi ++ \else \char'22 \fi ++} ++% ++\begingroup ++ \catcode`\^^I=\active ++ \gdef\tabexpand{% ++ \catcode`\^^I=\active ++ \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup ++ \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab ++ \divide\dimen0 by\tabw ++ \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw ++ \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw ++ \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox ++ }% ++ } ++ \catcode`\'=\active ++ \gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}% ++ % ++ \catcode`\`=\active ++ \gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}% ++ % ++ \gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}% ++\endgroup ++ ++% start the verbatim environment. ++\def\setupverbatim{% ++ \let\nonarrowing = t% ++ \nonfillstart ++ % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim ++ \tt ++ \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% ++ \catcode`\`=\active ++ \tabexpand ++ \quoteexpand ++ % Respect line breaks, ++ % print special symbols as themselves, and ++ % make each space count ++ % must do in this order: ++ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces ++ \everypar{\starttabbox}% ++} ++ ++% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique ++% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a ++% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: ++% ++% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} ++% ++% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} ++\begingroup ++ \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other ++ \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] ++\endgroup ++% ++\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} ++% ++% ++% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that ++% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: ++% ++% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} ++% ++% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, ++% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': ++% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. ++% ++% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] ++% ++\begingroup ++ \catcode`\ =\active ++ \obeylines % ++ % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end ++ % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank ++ % line in the output. ++ \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% ++ % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but ++ % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. ++\endgroup ++% ++\envdef\verbatim{% ++ \setupverbatim\doverbatim ++} ++\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak ++ ++ ++% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. ++% ++\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} ++% ++\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% ++ {% ++ \makevalueexpandable ++ \setupverbatim ++ \input #1 ++ \afterenvbreak ++ }% ++} ++ ++% @copying ... @end copying. ++% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. ++% ++% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. ++% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the ++% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done ++% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source ++% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as ++% possible is very desirable. ++% ++\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} ++\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} ++% ++\def\insertcopying{% ++ \begingroup ++ \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page ++ \scanexp\copyingtext ++ \endgroup ++} ++ ++ ++\message{defuns,} ++% @defun etc. ++ ++\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in ++\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt ++\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt ++\newcount\defunpenalty ++ ++% Start the processing of @deffn: ++\def\startdefun{% ++ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 ++ \medbreak ++ \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the ++ % following @def command, see below. ++ \else ++ % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, ++ % which is there to keep the function description together with its ++ % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a ++ % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted ++ % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning ++ % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow ++ % a break between a section heading and a defun. ++ % ++ % As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling ++ % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the ++ % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following ++ % @def command. ++ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi ++ % ++ % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. ++ % But do insert the glue. ++ \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint ++ \fi ++ % ++ \parindent=0in ++ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent ++ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent ++} ++ ++\def\dodefunx#1{% ++ % First, check whether we are in the right environment: ++ \checkenv#1% ++ % ++ % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. ++ % It's not a great place, though. ++ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi ++ % ++ % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: ++ \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% ++} ++\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} ++ ++% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} ++% ++\def\printdefunline#1#2{% ++ \begingroup ++ % call \deffnheader: ++ #1#2 \endheader ++ % common ending: ++ \interlinepenalty = 10000 ++ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil ++ \endgraf ++ \nobreak\vskip -\parskip ++ \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx ++ % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, ++ % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. ++ \checkparencounts ++ \endgroup ++} ++ ++\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} ++ ++% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; ++% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader. ++% ++\def\makedefun#1{% ++ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun ++ \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun ++ \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% ++ \temp ++} ++ ++% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader ++% ++% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. ++% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. ++% ++\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% ++ \envdef#1{% ++ \startdefun ++ \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% ++ }% ++ \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% ++ \def#3% ++} ++ ++%%% Untyped functions: ++ ++% @deffn category name args ++\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} ++ ++% @deffn category class name args ++\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} ++ ++% \defopon {category on}class name args ++\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } ++ ++% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args ++% ++\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% ++ % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. ++ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% ++ \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% ++} ++ ++%%% Typed functions: ++ ++% @deftypefn category type name args ++\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} ++ ++% @deftypeop category class type name args ++\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} ++ ++% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args ++\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } ++ ++% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args ++% ++\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% ++ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% ++ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% ++} ++ ++%%% Typed variables: ++ ++% @deftypevr category type var args ++\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} ++ ++% @deftypecv category class type var args ++\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} ++ ++% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args ++\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } ++ ++% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args ++% ++\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% ++ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% ++ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% ++} ++ ++%%% Untyped variables: ++ ++% @defvr category var args ++\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } ++ ++% @defcv category class var args ++\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} ++ ++% \defcvof {category of}class var args ++\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } ++ ++%%% Type: ++% @deftp category name args ++\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% ++ \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% ++ \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% ++} ++ ++% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: ++\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } ++\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } ++\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } ++\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } ++\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } ++\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } ++\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } ++\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} ++\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} ++\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} ++\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} ++ ++% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). ++% #1 is the category, such as "Function". ++% #2 is the return type, if any. ++% #3 is the function name. ++% ++% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. ++% ++\def\defname#1#2#3{% ++ % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... ++ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent ++ % ++ % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps ++ % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line ++ % just below it. ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} ++ % ++ % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. ++ % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, ++ % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: ++ \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip ++ % The continuations: ++ \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent ++ % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) ++ \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 ++ % ++ % Put the type name to the right margin. ++ \noindent ++ \hbox to 0pt{% ++ \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize ++ % \hsize has to be shortened this way: ++ \kern\leftskip ++ % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. ++ }% ++ % ++ % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: ++ \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 ++ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent ++ {% ++ % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: ++ % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. ++ % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's ++ % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in ++ % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. ++ % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. ++ % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no ++ % one has made identifiers using them :). ++ \df \tt ++ \def\temp{#2}% return value type ++ \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi ++ #3% output function name ++ }% ++ {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm ++ % ++ \boldbrax ++ % arguments will be output next, if any. ++} ++ ++% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using ++% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in ++% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very ++% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. ++% ++\def\defunargs#1{% ++ % use sl by default (not ttsl), ++ % tt for the names. ++ \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 ++ % ++ % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we ++ % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. ++ \let\var=\ttslanted ++ #1% ++ \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 ++} ++ ++% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. ++% ++\def\activeparens{% ++ \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active ++ \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active ++ \catcode`\&=\active ++} ++ ++% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. ++\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) ++ ++% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, ++% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, ++% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. ++{ ++ \activeparens ++ \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen ++ \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack ++ \global\let& = \& ++ ++ \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} ++ \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} ++} ++ ++\newcount\parencount ++ ++% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards ++\newif\ifampseen ++\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} ++ ++\def\parenfont{% ++ \ifampseen ++ % At the first level, print parens in roman, ++ % otherwise use the default font. ++ \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi ++ \else ++ % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than ++ % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . ++ \sf ++ \fi ++} ++\def\infirstlevel#1{% ++ \ifampseen ++ \ifnum\parencount=1 ++ #1% ++ \fi ++ \fi ++} ++\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} ++ ++\def\opnr{% ++ \global\advance\parencount by 1 ++ {\parenfont(}% ++ \infirstlevel \bfafterword ++} ++\def\clnr{% ++ {\parenfont)}% ++ \infirstlevel \sl ++ \global\advance\parencount by -1 ++} ++ ++\newcount\brackcount ++\def\lbrb{% ++ \global\advance\brackcount by 1 ++ {\bf[}% ++} ++\def\rbrb{% ++ {\bf]}% ++ \global\advance\brackcount by -1 ++} ++ ++\def\checkparencounts{% ++ \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi ++ \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi ++} ++% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually ++% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). ++\def\badparencount{% ++ \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% ++ \global\parencount=0 ++} ++\def\badbrackcount{% ++ \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% ++ \global\brackcount=0 ++} ++ ++ ++\message{macros,} ++% @macro. ++ ++% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, ++% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. ++\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined ++ \newwrite\macscribble ++ \def\scantokens#1{% ++ \toks0={#1}% ++ \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp ++ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% ++ \immediate\closeout\macscribble ++ \input \jobname.tmp ++ } ++\fi ++ ++\def\scanmacro#1{% ++ \begingroup ++ \newlinechar`\^^M ++ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces ++ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex ++ % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active ++ % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had ++ % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears ++ % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 ++ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ ++ % ... and \example ++ \spaceisspace ++ % ++ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. ++ % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX ++ % --kasal, 29nov03 ++ \scantokens{#1\endinput}% ++ \endgroup ++} ++ ++\def\scanexp#1{% ++ \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% ++ \temp ++} ++ ++\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters ++\newtoks\macname % Macro name ++\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? ++ ++% List of all defined macros in the form ++% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2... ++% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split ++% if there is a need. ++\def\macrolist{} ++ ++% Add the macro to \macrolist ++\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} ++\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% ++ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}% ++ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% ++} ++ ++% Utility routines. ++% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, ++% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname ++% (except of course we have to play expansion games). ++% ++\def\cslet#1#2{% ++ \expandafter\let ++ \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname ++ \csname#2\endcsname ++} ++ ++% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. ++% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). ++{\catcode`\@=11 ++\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} ++\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} ++\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} ++\def\unbrace#1{#1} ++\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} ++} ++ ++% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. ++{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% ++\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% ++\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% ++\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% ++} ++ ++% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where ++% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active ++% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. ++ ++% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate ++% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to ++% confine the change to the current group. ++ ++% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is ++% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro ++% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. ++ ++\def\scanctxt{% ++ \catcode`\"=\other ++ \catcode`\+=\other ++ \catcode`\<=\other ++ \catcode`\>=\other ++ \catcode`\@=\other ++ \catcode`\^=\other ++ \catcode`\_=\other ++ \catcode`\|=\other ++ \catcode`\~=\other ++ \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi ++} ++ ++\def\scanargctxt{% ++ \scanctxt ++ \catcode`\\=\other ++ \catcode`\^^M=\other ++} ++ ++\def\macrobodyctxt{% ++ \scanctxt ++ \catcode`\{=\other ++ \catcode`\}=\other ++ \catcode`\^^M=\other ++ \usembodybackslash ++} ++ ++\def\macroargctxt{% ++ \scanctxt ++ \catcode`\\=\other ++} ++ ++% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. ++% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N ++% where N is the macro parameter number. ++% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so ++% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. ++ ++{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active ++ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} ++ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} ++} ++\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} ++ ++\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} ++\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} ++ ++\def\macroxxx#1{% ++ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist ++ \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments ++ \paramno=0% ++ \else ++ \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% ++ \fi ++ \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname ++ \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% ++ \else ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax ++ \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi ++ \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% ++ \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% ++ \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% ++ \fi ++ \begingroup \macrobodyctxt ++ \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody ++ \else \expandafter\parsemacbody ++ \fi} ++ ++\parseargdef\unmacro{% ++ \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname ++ \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% ++ \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% ++ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: ++ \begingroup ++ \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax ++ \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo ++ \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% ++ \endgroup ++ \else ++ \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any ++% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. ++% ++\def\unmacrodo#1{% ++ \ifx #1\relax ++ % remove this ++ \else ++ \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a ++% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by ++% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. ++\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} ++\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} ++\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} ++\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} ++ ++% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist ++% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah ++% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. ++% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). ++ ++% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. ++% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something ++% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine ++% it to # just before using the token list produced. ++% ++% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before ++% the macro is used. ++ ++\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% ++ \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} ++\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% ++ \if#1;\let\next=\relax ++ \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx ++ \advance\paramno by 1% ++ \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname ++ {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% ++ \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% ++ \fi\next} ++ ++% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. ++% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) ++ ++\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% ++{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% ++\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% ++{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% ++ ++% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and ++% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. ++% Much magic with \expandafter here. ++% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file ++% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. ++\def\defmacro{% ++ \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars ++ \ifrecursive ++ \ifcase\paramno ++ % 0 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% ++ \or % 1 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt ++ \noexpand\braceorline ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% ++ \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% ++ \else % many ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt ++ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% ++ \expandafter\expandafter ++ \expandafter\xdef ++ \expandafter\expandafter ++ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ++ \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% ++ \fi ++ \else ++ \ifcase\paramno ++ % 0 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% ++ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% ++ \or % 1 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt ++ \noexpand\braceorline ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% ++ \egroup ++ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% ++ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% ++ \else % many ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% ++ \expandafter\expandafter ++ \expandafter\xdef ++ \expandafter\expandafter ++ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ++ \paramlist{% ++ \egroup ++ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% ++ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% ++ \fi ++ \fi} ++ ++\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} ++ ++% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a ++% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole ++% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence ++% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) ++\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} ++\def\braceorlinexxx{% ++ \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else ++ \expandafter\parsearg ++ \fi \macnamexxx} ++ ++ ++% @alias. ++% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal ++% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. ++\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} ++\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} ++\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% ++ {% ++ \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty ++ \addtomacrolist{#1}% ++ \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% ++ }% ++ \next ++} ++ ++ ++\message{cross references,} ++ ++\newwrite\auxfile ++\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. ++\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. ++ ++% @inforef is relatively simple. ++\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} ++\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, ++ node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} ++ ++% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in ++% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and ++% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: ++% @node foo , bar , ... ++% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. ++% ++\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} ++% ++% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: ++% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs ++\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} ++\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} ++ ++\let\nwnode=\node ++\let\lastnode=\empty ++ ++% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the ++% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). ++% ++\def\donoderef#1{% ++ \ifx\lastnode\empty\else ++ \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% ++ \global\let\lastnode=\empty ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. ++% ++\newcount\savesfregister ++% ++\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} ++\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} ++\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} ++ ++% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an ++% anchor), which consists of three parts: ++% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection, ++% or the anchor name. ++% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or ++% empty for anchors. ++% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. ++% ++% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of ++% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: ++% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. ++% ++\def\setref#1#2{% ++ \pdfmkdest{#1}% ++ \iflinks ++ {% ++ \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them ++ \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% ++ \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef ++ ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef ++ }% ++ \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}% ++ \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% ++ \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. ++ \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout ++ }% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is ++% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed ++% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed ++% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. ++% ++\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} ++\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} ++\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} ++\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup ++ \unsepspaces ++ \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% ++ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% ++ \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% ++ \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% ++ \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt ++ % No printed node name was explicitly given. ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax ++ % Use the node name inside the square brackets. ++ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% ++ \else ++ % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside ++ % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. ++ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt ++ % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. ++ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% ++ \else ++ \ifhavexrefs ++ % We know the real title if we have the xref values. ++ \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% ++ \else ++ % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. ++ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% ++ \fi% ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ % ++ % Make link in pdf output. ++ \ifpdf ++ \leavevmode ++ \getfilename{#4}% ++ {\indexnofonts ++ \turnoffactive ++ % See comments at \activebackslashdouble. ++ {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% ++ \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}% ++ % ++ \ifnum\filenamelength>0 ++ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% ++ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}% ++ \else ++ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% ++ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}% ++ \fi ++ }% ++ \setcolor{\linkcolor}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" ++ % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the ++ % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. ++ {% ++ % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to ++ % include an _ in the xref name, etc. ++ \indexnofonts ++ \turnoffactive ++ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle ++ \csname XR#1-title\endcsname ++ }% ++ \iffloat\Xthisreftitle ++ % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, ++ % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". ++ \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt ++ \refx{#1-snt}{}% ++ \else ++ \printedrefname ++ \fi ++ % ++ % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append ++ % "in MANUALNAME". ++ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt ++ \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% ++ \fi ++ \else ++ % node/anchor (non-float) references. ++ % ++ % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not ++ % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will ++ % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals ++ % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this ++ % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it ++ % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. ++ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt ++ \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% ++ \else ++ % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the ++ % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand ++ % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of ++ % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the ++ % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. ++ {\turnoffactive ++ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for ++ % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. ++ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% ++ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi ++ }% ++ % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. ++ \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname ++ % ++ % But we always want a comma and a space: ++ ,\space ++ % ++ % output the `page 3'. ++ \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \endlink ++\endgroup} ++ ++% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref ++% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, ++% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly ++% one that Bob is working on :). ++% ++\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} ++ ++% Things referred to by \setref. ++% ++\def\Ynothing{} ++\def\Yomitfromtoc{} ++\def\Ynumbered{% ++ \ifnum\secno=0 ++ \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno ++ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 ++ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno ++ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 ++ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno ++ \else ++ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno ++ \fi\fi\fi ++} ++\def\Yappendix{% ++ \ifnum\secno=0 ++ \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% ++ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 ++ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno ++ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 ++ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno ++ \else ++ \putwordSection@tie ++ @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno ++ \fi\fi\fi ++} ++ ++% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. ++% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. ++% ++\def\refx#1#2{% ++ {% ++ \indexnofonts ++ \otherbackslash ++ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX ++ \csname XR#1\endcsname ++ }% ++ \ifx\thisrefX\relax ++ % If not defined, say something at least. ++ \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright ++ \iflinks ++ \ifhavexrefs ++ \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% ++ \else ++ \ifwarnedxrefs\else ++ \global\warnedxrefstrue ++ \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \else ++ % It's defined, so just use it. ++ \thisrefX ++ \fi ++ #2% Output the suffix in any case. ++} ++ ++% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's ++% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid ++% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. ++% ++\def\xrdef#1#2{% ++ {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current ++ % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these ++ % mess up the control sequence name. ++ \indexnofonts ++ \turnoffactive ++ \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% ++ }% ++ % ++ \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref ++ % ++ % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? ++ \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname ++ % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. ++ \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist ++ \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname ++ % ++ % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? ++ \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax ++ \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do ++ \else ++ % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. ++ \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, ++ % for later use in \listoffloats. ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0 ++ {\safexrefname}}% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. ++% ++\def\tryauxfile{% ++ \openin 1 \jobname.aux ++ \ifeof 1 \else ++ \readdatafile{aux}% ++ \global\havexrefstrue ++ \fi ++ \closein 1 ++} ++ ++\def\setupdatafile{% ++ \catcode`\^^@=\other ++ \catcode`\^^A=\other ++ \catcode`\^^B=\other ++ \catcode`\^^C=\other ++ \catcode`\^^D=\other ++ \catcode`\^^E=\other ++ \catcode`\^^F=\other ++ \catcode`\^^G=\other ++ \catcode`\^^H=\other ++ \catcode`\^^K=\other ++ \catcode`\^^L=\other ++ \catcode`\^^N=\other ++ \catcode`\^^P=\other ++ \catcode`\^^Q=\other ++ \catcode`\^^R=\other ++ \catcode`\^^S=\other ++ \catcode`\^^T=\other ++ \catcode`\^^U=\other ++ \catcode`\^^V=\other ++ \catcode`\^^W=\other ++ \catcode`\^^X=\other ++ \catcode`\^^Z=\other ++ \catcode`\^^[=\other ++ \catcode`\^^\=\other ++ \catcode`\^^]=\other ++ \catcode`\^^^=\other ++ \catcode`\^^_=\other ++ % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. ++ % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't ++ % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, ++ % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ ++ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat ++ % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first ++ % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could ++ % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. ++ % ++ % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: ++ % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter ++ % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. ++ % ++ \catcode`\^=\other ++ % ++ % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... ++ \catcode`\~=\other ++ \catcode`\[=\other ++ \catcode`\]=\other ++ \catcode`\"=\other ++ \catcode`\_=\other ++ \catcode`\|=\other ++ \catcode`\<=\other ++ \catcode`\>=\other ++ \catcode`\$=\other ++ \catcode`\#=\other ++ \catcode`\&=\other ++ \catcode`\%=\other ++ \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off ++ % ++ % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ ++ % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than ++ % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ ++ % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* ++ % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that ++ % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for ++ % now. --karl, 15jan04. ++ \catcode`\\=\other ++ % ++ % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. ++ {% ++ \count1=128 ++ \def\loop{% ++ \catcode\count1=\other ++ \advance\count1 by 1 ++ \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi ++ }% ++ }% ++ % ++ % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. ++ \catcode`\{=1 ++ \catcode`\}=2 ++ \catcode`\@=0 ++} ++ ++\def\readdatafile#1{% ++\begingroup ++ \setupdatafile ++ \input\jobname.#1 ++\endgroup} ++ ++ ++\message{insertions,} ++% including footnotes. ++ ++\newcount \footnoteno ++ ++% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is ++% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a ++% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is ++% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a ++% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) ++\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } ++ ++% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. ++\let\footnotestyle=\comment ++ ++{\catcode `\@=11 ++% ++% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. ++\gdef\footnote{% ++ \let\indent=\ptexindent ++ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent ++ \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne ++ \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% ++ % ++ % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the ++ % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. ++ \let\@sf\empty ++ \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi ++ % ++ % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. ++ \unskip ++ \thisfootno\@sf ++ \dofootnote ++}% ++ ++% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the ++% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. ++% ++% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses ++% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when ++% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. ++% ++\gdef\dofootnote{% ++ \insert\footins\bgroup ++ % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the ++ % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. ++ % So reset some parameters. ++ \hsize=\pagewidth ++ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty ++ \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes ++ \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox ++ \floatingpenalty\@MM ++ \leftskip\z@skip ++ \rightskip\z@skip ++ \spaceskip\z@skip ++ \xspaceskip\z@skip ++ \parindent\defaultparindent ++ % ++ \smallfonts \rm ++ % ++ % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears ++ % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use ++ % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote ++ % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). ++ \let\noindent = \relax ++ % ++ % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the ++ % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. ++ \everypar = {\hang}% ++ \textindent{\thisfootno}% ++ % ++ % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this ++ % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it ++ % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. ++ \footstrut ++ \futurelet\next\fo@t ++} ++}%end \catcode `\@=11 ++ ++% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create ++% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion ++% would be lost. ++% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote ++% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. ++% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. ++ ++% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. ++% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled ++% out prematurely. ++% ++\def\startsavinginserts{% ++ \ifx \insert\ptexinsert ++ \let\insert\saveinsert ++ \else ++ \let\checkinserts\relax ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and ++% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. ++% ++\def\saveinsert#1{% ++ \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% ++ \afterassignment\next ++ % swallow the left brace ++ \let\temp = ++} ++\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} ++\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} ++ ++\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} ++ ++\def\placesaveins#1{% ++ \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname ++ {\box#1}% ++} ++ ++% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: ++{ ++ \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) ++ \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} ++} ++ ++% initialization: ++\def\newsaveins #1{% ++ \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% ++ \next ++} ++\def\newsaveinsX #1{% ++ \csname newbox\endcsname #1% ++ \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts ++ \checksaveins #1}% ++} ++ ++% initialize: ++\let\checkinserts\empty ++\newsaveins\footins ++\newsaveins\margin ++ ++ ++% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. ++% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. ++% ++% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image ++% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get ++% undone and the next image would fail. ++\openin 1 = epsf.tex ++\ifeof 1 \else ++ % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in ++ % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). ++ \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% ++ \input epsf.tex ++\fi ++\closein 1 ++% ++% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. ++\newif\ifwarnednoepsf ++\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to ++ work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get ++ it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} ++% ++\def\image#1{% ++ \ifx\epsfbox\undefined ++ \ifwarnednoepsf \else ++ \errhelp = \noepsfhelp ++ \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% ++ \global\warnednoepsftrue ++ \fi ++ \else ++ \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish ++ \fi ++} ++% ++% Arguments to @image: ++% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. ++% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. ++% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. ++% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. ++% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. ++\newif\ifimagevmode ++\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup ++ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example ++ \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names ++ % If the image is by itself, center it. ++ \ifvmode ++ \imagevmodetrue ++ \nobreak\bigskip ++ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert ++ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space ++ % above and below. ++ \nobreak\vskip\parskip ++ \nobreak ++ \line\bgroup ++ \fi ++ % ++ % Output the image. ++ \ifpdf ++ \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% ++ \else ++ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi ++ \epsfbox{#1.eps}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ \ifimagevmode \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image ++\endgroup} ++ ++ ++% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, ++% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the ++% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. ++% ++\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} ++ ++% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. ++\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} ++ ++% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically ++% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, ++% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. ++% ++% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to ++% be referable. ++% ++% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It ++% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). ++% ++% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each ++% chapter-level command. ++\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty ++% ++\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% ++ \let\thiscaption=\empty ++ \let\thisshortcaption=\empty ++ % ++ % don't lose footnotes inside @float. ++ % ++ % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an ++ % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 ++ % ++ \startsavinginserts ++ % ++ % We can't be used inside a paragraph. ++ \par ++ % ++ \vtop\bgroup ++ \def\floattype{#1}% ++ \def\floatlabel{#2}% ++ \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. ++ % ++ \ifx\floattype\empty ++ \let\safefloattype=\empty ++ \else ++ {% ++ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, ++ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. ++ \indexnofonts ++ \turnoffactive ++ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% ++ }% ++ \fi ++ % ++ % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. ++ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else ++ % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, ++ % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) ++ % ++ \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname ++ \global\advance\floatno by 1 ++ % ++ {% ++ % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the ++ % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float ++ % labels (which have a completely different output format) from ++ % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the ++ % lists of floats. ++ % ++ \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% ++ \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% ++ }% ++ \fi ++ % ++ % start with \parskip glue, I guess. ++ \vskip\parskip ++ % ++ % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. ++ \restorefirstparagraphindent ++} ++ ++% we have these possibilities: ++% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap ++% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 ++% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap ++% @float Foo & no caption: Foo ++% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap ++% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 ++% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap ++% @float & no caption: ++% ++\def\Efloat{% ++ \let\floatident = \empty ++ % ++ % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. ++ \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi ++ % ++ % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. ++ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else ++ \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. ++ \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% ++ \fi ++ % the number. ++ \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in ++ % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. ++ \let\captionline = \floatident ++ % ++ \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else ++ \ifx\floatident\empty \else ++ \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between ++ \fi ++ % ++ % caption text. ++ \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. ++ % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. ++ \ifx\captionline\empty \else ++ \vskip.5\parskip ++ \captionline ++ % ++ % Space below caption. ++ \vskip\parskip ++ \fi ++ % ++ % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this ++ % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. ++ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else ++ % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as ++ % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short ++ % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. ++ {% ++ \atdummies ++ % ++ % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M ++ % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so ++ % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. ++ \scanexp{% ++ \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% ++ \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty ++ \thiscaption ++ \else ++ \thisshortcaption ++ \fi ++ }% ++ }% ++ \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident ++ \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% ++ }% ++ \fi ++ \egroup % end of \vtop ++ % ++ % place the captured inserts ++ % ++ % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning ++ % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly ++ % float. --kasal, 26may04 ++ % ++ \checkinserts ++} ++ ++% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. ++% ++\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% ++ \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% ++} ++ ++% @caption, @shortcaption ++% ++\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} ++\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} ++\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} ++\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} ++ ++% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are ++% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. ++\def\getfloatno#1{% ++ \ifx#1\relax ++ % Haven't seen this figure type before. ++ \csname newcount\endcsname #1% ++ % ++ % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. ++ \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos ++ \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% ++ \fi ++ \let\floatno#1% ++} ++ ++% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref ++% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we ++% first read the @float command. ++% ++\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% ++ ++% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can ++% distinguish floats from other xref types. ++\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} ++ ++% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional ++% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic ++% \lastsection value which we \setref above. ++% ++\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} ++% ++% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the ++% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. ++% ++\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \def\iffloattype{#2}% ++ \ifx\temp\floatmagic ++} ++ ++% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. ++% ++\parseargdef\listoffloats{% ++ \def\floattype{#1}% floattype ++ {% ++ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, ++ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. ++ \indexnofonts ++ \turnoffactive ++ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% ++ }% ++ % ++ % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax ++ \ifhavexrefs ++ % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. ++ \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% ++ \fi ++ \else ++ \begingroup ++ \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc ++ \let\do=\listoffloatsdo ++ \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname ++ \endgroup ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the ++% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the ++% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which ++% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. ++% ++% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since ++% they won't appear in the aux file). ++% ++\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} ++\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% ++ % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just ++ % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the ++ % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link ++ % in pdf output. ++ \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% ++ % ++ % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. ++ \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% ++ \writeentry ++}} ++ ++ ++\message{localization,} ++ ++% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after ++% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything ++% properly. Single argument is the language (de) or locale (de_DE) ++% abbreviation. It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file. ++% ++{ ++ \catcode`\_ = \active ++ \globaldefs=1 ++\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup ++ \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames ++ \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. ++ % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. ++ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex ++ \ifeof 1 ++ \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}% ++ \else ++ \input txi-#1.tex ++ \fi ++ \closein 1 ++ \endgroup ++\endgroup} ++} ++% ++% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, ++% try txi-de.tex. ++% ++\def\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% ++ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex ++ \ifeof 1 ++ \errhelp = \nolanghelp ++ \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% ++ \else ++ \input txi-#1.tex ++ \fi ++ \closein 1 ++} ++% ++\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or ++is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory ++should work if nowhere else does.} ++ ++% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. ++% ++\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% ++ \count255=128 ++ \loop\ifnum\count255<256 ++ \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax ++ \advance\count255 by 1 ++ \repeat ++} ++ ++\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% ++ \count255=128 ++ \loop\ifnum\count255<256 ++ \catcode\count255=#1\relax ++ \advance\count255 by 1 ++ \repeat ++} ++ ++% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters ++% according to the specified encoding. ++% ++\parseargdef\documentencoding{% ++ % Encoding being declared for the document. ++ \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% ++ % ++ % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able ++ % to compare them with \ifx. ++ \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}% ++ \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}% ++ \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}% ++ \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}% ++ \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}% ++ % ++ \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii ++ \asciichardefs ++ % ++ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo ++ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active ++ \lattwochardefs ++ % ++ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone ++ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active ++ \latonechardefs ++ % ++ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine ++ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active ++ \latninechardefs ++ % ++ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight ++ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active ++ \utfeightchardefs ++ % ++ \else ++ \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}% ++ % ++ \fi % utfeight ++ \fi % latnine ++ \fi % latone ++ \fi % lattwo ++ \fi % ascii ++} ++ ++% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available ++% the default font encoding (OT1). ++% ++\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}} ++ ++% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. ++\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} ++ ++% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be ++% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of ++% macros containing the character definitions. ++\setnonasciicharscatcode\active ++% ++% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. ++\def\latonechardefs{% ++ \gdef^^a0{~} ++ \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown} ++ \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}} ++ \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}} ++ \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} ++ \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}} ++ \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}} ++ \gdef^^a7{\S} ++ \gdef^^a8{\"{}} ++ \gdef^^a9{\copyright} ++ \gdef^^aa{\ordf} ++ \gdef^^ab{\missingcharmsg{LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}} ++ \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$} ++ \gdef^^ad{\-} ++ \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol} ++ \gdef^^af{\={}} ++ % ++ \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} ++ \gdef^^b1{$\pm$} ++ \gdef^^b2{$^2$} ++ \gdef^^b3{$^3$} ++ \gdef^^b4{\'{}} ++ \gdef^^b5{$\mu$} ++ \gdef^^b6{\P} ++ % ++ \gdef^^b7{$^.$} ++ \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } ++ \gdef^^b9{$^1$} ++ \gdef^^ba{\ordm} ++ % ++ \gdef^^bb{\missingcharmsg{RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}} ++ \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$} ++ \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$} ++ \gdef^^be{$3\over4$} ++ \gdef^^bf{\questiondown} ++ % ++ \gdef^^c0{\`A} ++ \gdef^^c1{\'A} ++ \gdef^^c2{\^A} ++ \gdef^^c3{\~A} ++ \gdef^^c4{\"A} ++ \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A} ++ \gdef^^c6{\AE} ++ \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} ++ \gdef^^c8{\`E} ++ \gdef^^c9{\'E} ++ \gdef^^ca{\^E} ++ \gdef^^cb{\"E} ++ \gdef^^cc{\`I} ++ \gdef^^cd{\'I} ++ \gdef^^ce{\^I} ++ \gdef^^cf{\"I} ++ % ++ \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH}} ++ \gdef^^d1{\~N} ++ \gdef^^d2{\`O} ++ \gdef^^d3{\'O} ++ \gdef^^d4{\^O} ++ \gdef^^d5{\~O} ++ \gdef^^d6{\"O} ++ \gdef^^d7{$\times$} ++ \gdef^^d8{\O} ++ \gdef^^d9{\`U} ++ \gdef^^da{\'U} ++ \gdef^^db{\^U} ++ \gdef^^dc{\"U} ++ \gdef^^dd{\'Y} ++ \gdef^^de{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN}} ++ \gdef^^df{\ss} ++ % ++ \gdef^^e0{\`a} ++ \gdef^^e1{\'a} ++ \gdef^^e2{\^a} ++ \gdef^^e3{\~a} ++ \gdef^^e4{\"a} ++ \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a} ++ \gdef^^e6{\ae} ++ \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} ++ \gdef^^e8{\`e} ++ \gdef^^e9{\'e} ++ \gdef^^ea{\^e} ++ \gdef^^eb{\"e} ++ \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} ++ \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} ++ \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} ++ \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} ++ % ++ \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH}} ++ \gdef^^f1{\~n} ++ \gdef^^f2{\`o} ++ \gdef^^f3{\'o} ++ \gdef^^f4{\^o} ++ \gdef^^f5{\~o} ++ \gdef^^f6{\"o} ++ \gdef^^f7{$\div$} ++ \gdef^^f8{\o} ++ \gdef^^f9{\`u} ++ \gdef^^fa{\'u} ++ \gdef^^fb{\^u} ++ \gdef^^fc{\"u} ++ \gdef^^fd{\'y} ++ \gdef^^fe{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN}} ++ \gdef^^ff{\"y} ++} ++ ++% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. ++\def\latninechardefs{% ++ % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. ++ \latonechardefs ++ % ++ \gdef^^a4{\euro} ++ \gdef^^a6{\v S} ++ \gdef^^a8{\v s} ++ \gdef^^b4{\v Z} ++ \gdef^^b8{\v z} ++ \gdef^^bc{\OE} ++ \gdef^^bd{\oe} ++ \gdef^^be{\"Y} ++} ++ ++% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. ++\def\lattwochardefs{% ++ \gdef^^a0{~} ++ \gdef^^a1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}} ++ \gdef^^a2{\u{}} ++ \gdef^^a3{\L} ++ \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} ++ \gdef^^a5{\v L} ++ \gdef^^a6{\'S} ++ \gdef^^a7{\S} ++ \gdef^^a8{\"{}} ++ \gdef^^a9{\v S} ++ \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S} ++ \gdef^^ab{\v T} ++ \gdef^^ac{\'Z} ++ \gdef^^ad{\-} ++ \gdef^^ae{\v Z} ++ \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z} ++ % ++ \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} ++ \gdef^^b1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}} ++ \gdef^^b2{\missingcharmsg{OGONEK}} ++ \gdef^^b3{\l} ++ \gdef^^b4{\'{}} ++ \gdef^^b5{\v l} ++ \gdef^^b6{\'s} ++ \gdef^^b7{\v{}} ++ \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } ++ \gdef^^b9{\v s} ++ \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s} ++ \gdef^^bb{\v t} ++ \gdef^^bc{\'z} ++ \gdef^^bd{\H{}} ++ \gdef^^be{\v z} ++ \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z} ++ % ++ \gdef^^c0{\'R} ++ \gdef^^c1{\'A} ++ \gdef^^c2{\^A} ++ \gdef^^c3{\u A} ++ \gdef^^c4{\"A} ++ \gdef^^c5{\'L} ++ \gdef^^c6{\'C} ++ \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} ++ \gdef^^c8{\v C} ++ \gdef^^c9{\'E} ++ \gdef^^ca{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}} ++ \gdef^^cb{\"E} ++ \gdef^^cc{\v E} ++ \gdef^^cd{\'I} ++ \gdef^^ce{\^I} ++ \gdef^^cf{\v D} ++ % ++ \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE}} ++ \gdef^^d1{\'N} ++ \gdef^^d2{\v N} ++ \gdef^^d3{\'O} ++ \gdef^^d4{\^O} ++ \gdef^^d5{\H O} ++ \gdef^^d6{\"O} ++ \gdef^^d7{$\times$} ++ \gdef^^d8{\v R} ++ \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U} ++ \gdef^^da{\'U} ++ \gdef^^db{\H U} ++ \gdef^^dc{\"U} ++ \gdef^^dd{\'Y} ++ \gdef^^de{\cedilla T} ++ \gdef^^df{\ss} ++ % ++ \gdef^^e0{\'r} ++ \gdef^^e1{\'a} ++ \gdef^^e2{\^a} ++ \gdef^^e3{\u a} ++ \gdef^^e4{\"a} ++ \gdef^^e5{\'l} ++ \gdef^^e6{\'c} ++ \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} ++ \gdef^^e8{\v c} ++ \gdef^^e9{\'e} ++ \gdef^^ea{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}} ++ \gdef^^eb{\"e} ++ \gdef^^ec{\v e} ++ \gdef^^ed{\'\i} ++ \gdef^^ee{\^\i} ++ \gdef^^ef{\v d} ++ % ++ \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE}} ++ \gdef^^f1{\'n} ++ \gdef^^f2{\v n} ++ \gdef^^f3{\'o} ++ \gdef^^f4{\^o} ++ \gdef^^f5{\H o} ++ \gdef^^f6{\"o} ++ \gdef^^f7{$\div$} ++ \gdef^^f8{\v r} ++ \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u} ++ \gdef^^fa{\'u} ++ \gdef^^fb{\H u} ++ \gdef^^fc{\"u} ++ \gdef^^fd{\'y} ++ \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t} ++ \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}} ++} ++ ++% UTF-8 character definitions. ++% ++% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some ++% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by ++% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. ++% ++\newcount\countUTFx ++\newcount\countUTFy ++\newcount\countUTFz ++ ++\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter ++ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname} ++% ++\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter ++ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname} ++% ++\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter ++ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname} ++ ++\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{% ++ \ifx #1\relax ++ \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}% ++ \else ++ \expandafter #1% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++\begingroup ++ \catcode`\~13 ++ \catcode`\"12 ++ ++ \def\UTFviiiLoop{% ++ \global\catcode\countUTFx\active ++ \uccode`\~\countUTFx ++ \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% ++ \advance\countUTFx by 1 ++ \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy ++ \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop ++ \fi} ++ ++ \countUTFx = "C2 ++ \countUTFy = "E0 ++ \def\UTFviiiTmp{% ++ \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}} ++ \UTFviiiLoop ++ ++ \countUTFx = "E0 ++ \countUTFy = "F0 ++ \def\UTFviiiTmp{% ++ \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}} ++ \UTFviiiLoop ++ ++ \countUTFx = "F0 ++ \countUTFy = "F4 ++ \def\UTFviiiTmp{% ++ \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}} ++ \UTFviiiLoop ++\endgroup ++ ++\begingroup ++ \catcode`\"=12 ++ \catcode`\<=12 ++ \catcode`\.=12 ++ \catcode`\,=12 ++ \catcode`\;=12 ++ \catcode`\!=12 ++ \catcode`\~=13 ++ ++ \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{% ++ \countUTFz = "#1\relax ++ \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}% ++ \begingroup ++ \parseXMLCharref ++ \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{% ++ \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}% ++ \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{% ++ \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}% ++ \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{% ++ \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}% ++ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter ++ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter ++ \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}% ++ \endgroup} ++ ++ \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% ++ \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax ++ \errhelp = \EMsimple ++ \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% ++ \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax ++ \parseUTFviiiA,% ++ \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,% ++ \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax ++ \parseUTFviiiA;% ++ \parseUTFviiiA,% ++ \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}% ++ \else ++ \parseUTFviiiA;% ++ \parseUTFviiiA,% ++ \parseUTFviiiA!% ++ \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}% ++ \fi\fi\fi ++ } ++ ++ \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% ++ \countUTFx = \countUTFz ++ \divide\countUTFz by 64 ++ \countUTFy = \countUTFz ++ \multiply\countUTFz by 64 ++ \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz ++ \advance\countUTFx by 128 ++ \uccode `#1\countUTFx ++ \countUTFz = \countUTFy} ++ ++ \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% ++ \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax ++ \uccode `#3\countUTFz ++ \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} ++\endgroup ++ ++\def\utfeightchardefs{% ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result} ++ ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point} ++ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv} ++}% end of \utfeightchardefs ++ ++ ++% US-ASCII character definitions. ++\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done ++ \relax ++} ++ ++% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with ++% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a ++% document encoding. ++% ++\setnonasciicharscatcode \other ++ ++ ++\message{formatting,} ++ ++\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt ++ ++\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt ++\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt ++\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt ++ ++% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. ++\vbadness = 10000 ++ ++% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. ++\hbadness = 2000 ++ ++% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. ++\widowpenalty=10000 ++\clubpenalty=10000 ++ ++% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're ++% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of ++% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on ++% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. ++% ++\def\setemergencystretch{% ++ \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined ++ % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. ++ \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% ++ \else ++ \emergencystretch = .15\hsize ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; ++% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; ++% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. ++% ++% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define ++% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. ++% ++\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% ++ \voffset = #3\relax ++ \topskip = #6\relax ++ \splittopskip = \topskip ++ % ++ \vsize = #1\relax ++ \advance\vsize by \topskip ++ \outervsize = \vsize ++ \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin ++ \pageheight = \vsize ++ % ++ \hsize = #2\relax ++ \outerhsize = \hsize ++ \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in ++ \pagewidth = \hsize ++ % ++ \normaloffset = #4\relax ++ \bindingoffset = #5\relax ++ % ++ \ifpdf ++ \pdfpageheight #7\relax ++ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax ++ % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of ++ % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. ++ \pdfhorigin = 1 true in ++ \pdfvorigin = 1 true in ++ \fi ++ % ++ \setleading{\textleading} ++ % ++ \parindent = \defaultparindent ++ \setemergencystretch ++} ++ ++% @letterpaper (the default). ++\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 ++ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt ++ \textleading = 13.2pt ++ % ++ % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. ++ \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines ++ {\voffset}{.25in}% ++ {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% ++ {11in}{8.5in}% ++}} ++ ++% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. ++\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 ++ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt ++ \textleading = 12pt ++ % ++ \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% ++ {-.2in}{0in}% ++ {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% ++ {9.25in}{7in}% ++ % ++ \lispnarrowing = 0.3in ++ \tolerance = 700 ++ \hfuzz = 1pt ++ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt ++ \defbodyindent = .5cm ++}} ++ ++% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. ++% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) ++\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 ++ \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt ++ \textleading = 12pt ++ % ++ \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% ++ {-.2in}{-.4in}% ++ {0pt}{14pt}% ++ {9in}{6in}% ++ % ++ \lispnarrowing = 0.25in ++ \tolerance = 700 ++ \hfuzz = 1pt ++ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt ++ \defbodyindent = .4cm ++}} ++ ++% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. ++\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 ++ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt ++ \textleading = 13.2pt ++ % ++ % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 ++ % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. ++ % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust ++ % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then ++ % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in ++ % your texinfo source file like this: ++ % @tex ++ % \global\normaloffset = -6mm ++ % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm ++ % @end tex ++ \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines ++ {\voffset}{\hoffset}% ++ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% ++ {297mm}{210mm}% ++ % ++ \tolerance = 700 ++ \hfuzz = 1pt ++ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt ++ \defbodyindent = 5mm ++}} ++ ++% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. ++% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. ++% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. ++\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 ++ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt ++ \textleading = 12.5pt ++ % ++ \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% ++ {\voffset}{\hoffset}% ++ {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% ++ {210mm}{148mm}% ++ % ++ \lispnarrowing = 0.2in ++ \tolerance = 800 ++ \hfuzz = 1.2pt ++ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt ++ \defbodyindent = 2mm ++ \tableindent = 12mm ++}} ++ ++% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. ++\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 ++ \afourpaper ++ \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% ++ {\voffset}{4.6mm}% ++ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% ++ {297mm}{210mm}% ++ % ++ % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. ++ \globaldefs = 0 ++}} ++ ++% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. ++\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 ++ \afourpaper ++ \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% ++ {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% ++ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% ++ {297mm}{210mm}% ++ \globaldefs = 0 ++}} ++ ++% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] ++% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, ++% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. ++% ++\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} ++\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi ++ \globaldefs = 1 ++ % ++ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt ++ \setleading{\textleading}% ++ % ++ \dimen0 = #1\relax ++ \advance\dimen0 by \voffset ++ % ++ \dimen2 = \hsize ++ \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset ++ % ++ \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% ++ {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% ++ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% ++ {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% ++}} ++ ++% Set default to letter. ++% ++\letterpaper ++ ++ ++\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} ++ ++% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. ++\catcode`\"=\other ++\catcode`\~=\other ++\catcode`\^=\other ++\catcode`\_=\other ++\catcode`\|=\other ++\catcode`\<=\other ++\catcode`\>=\other ++\catcode`\+=\other ++\catcode`\$=\other ++\def\normaldoublequote{"} ++\def\normaltilde{~} ++\def\normalcaret{^} ++\def\normalunderscore{_} ++\def\normalverticalbar{|} ++\def\normalless{<} ++\def\normalgreater{>} ++\def\normalplus{+} ++\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix ++ ++% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt ++% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, ++% where something hairier probably needs to be done. ++% ++% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print ++% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero ++% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all ++% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. ++% ++\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} ++ ++% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches ++% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from ++% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway ++% this is not a problem. ++\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} ++ ++% Turn off all special characters except @ ++% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). ++% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can ++% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. ++ ++\catcode`\"=\active ++\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} ++\let"=\activedoublequote ++\catcode`\~=\active ++\def~{{\tt\char126}} ++\chardef\hat=`\^ ++\catcode`\^=\active ++\def^{{\tt \hat}} ++ ++\catcode`\_=\active ++\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} ++\let\realunder=_ ++% Subroutine for the previous macro. ++\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } ++ ++\catcode`\|=\active ++\def|{{\tt\char124}} ++\chardef \less=`\< ++\catcode`\<=\active ++\def<{{\tt \less}} ++\chardef \gtr=`\> ++\catcode`\>=\active ++\def>{{\tt \gtr}} ++\catcode`\+=\active ++\def+{{\tt \char 43}} ++\catcode`\$=\active ++\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix ++ ++% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file ++% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. ++% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. ++% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. ++\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} ++ ++% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after ++% parsing them. ++\def\turnoffactive{% ++ \normalturnoffactive ++ \otherbackslash ++} ++ ++\catcode`\@=0 ++ ++% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, ++% as in \char`\\. ++\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ ++\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work ++ ++% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and ++% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines). ++{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}} ++ ++% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash ++% in fixed width font. ++\catcode`\\=\active ++@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}} ++% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns: ++% @let \ = @normalbackslash ++ ++% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. ++% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with ++% catcode other. ++@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} ++@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} ++ ++% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of ++% the literal character `\'. ++% ++@def@normalturnoffactive{% ++ @let\=@normalbackslash ++ @let"=@normaldoublequote ++ @let~=@normaltilde ++ @let^=@normalcaret ++ @let_=@normalunderscore ++ @let|=@normalverticalbar ++ @let<=@normalless ++ @let>=@normalgreater ++ @let+=@normalplus ++ @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix ++ @unsepspaces ++} ++ ++% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. ++% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. ++@otherifyactive ++ ++% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. ++% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing ++% a backslash. ++% ++@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} ++@global@let\ = @eatinput ++ ++% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then ++% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix ++% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. ++% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input ++% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. ++% ++@gdef@fixbackslash{% ++ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi ++ @catcode`+=@active ++ @catcode`@_=@active ++} ++ ++% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. ++@escapechar = `@@ ++ ++% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. ++@catcode`@& = @other ++@catcode`@# = @other ++@catcode`@% = @other ++ ++ ++@c Local variables: ++@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) ++@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" ++@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" ++@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" ++@c time-stamp-end: "}" ++@c End: ++ ++@c vim:sw=2: ++ ++@ignore ++ arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 ++@end ignore --- guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1.orig/debian/patches/handle-dfsg-split.diff +++ guile-1.8-non-dfsg-1.8.5+1/debian/patches/handle-dfsg-split.diff @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +Index: sid-non-dfsg/Makefile.am +=================================================================== +--- /dev/null ++++ sid-non-dfsg/Makefile.am +@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ ++## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. ++## ++## Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++## ++## This file is part of GUILE. ++## ++## GUILE is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ++## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as ++## published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or ++## (at your option) any later version. ++## ++## GUILE is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ++## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ++## GNU General Public License for more details. ++## ++## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public ++## License along with GUILE; see the file COPYING. If not, write ++## to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth ++## Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ ++AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 ++ ++SUBDIRS = doc ++ ++EXTRA_DIST = LICENSE ++ ++# Makefile.am ends here +Index: sid-non-dfsg/configure.in +=================================================================== +--- /dev/null ++++ sid-non-dfsg/configure.in +@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ ++dnl configuration script for Guile ++dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce configure. ++dnl ++ ++define(GUILE_CONFIGURE_COPYRIGHT,[[ ++ ++Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ ++This file is part of GUILE ++ ++GUILE is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ++under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ++the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your ++option) any later version. ++ ++GUILE is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ++WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++General Public License for more details. ++ ++You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ++along with GUILE; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the ++Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, ++Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. ++ ++]]) ++ ++AC_PREREQ(2.53) ++ ++AC_INIT(m4_esyscmd(. ./GUILE-VERSION && echo -n ${PACKAGE}), ++ m4_esyscmd(. ./GUILE-VERSION && echo -n ${GUILE_VERSION})) ++AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([.]) ++AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([doc/ref/guile.texi]) ++AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign]) ++AC_COPYRIGHT(GUILE_CONFIGURE_COPYRIGHT) ++AM_MAINTAINER_MODE ++AH_TOP(/*GUILE_CONFIGURE_COPYRIGHT*/) ++ ++AC_PROG_INSTALL ++AC_PROG_CC ++AC_PROG_CPP ++AC_PROG_AWK ++ ++AC_CHECK_PROG(have_makeinfo, makeinfo, yes, no) ++AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_MAKEINFO, test "$have_makeinfo" = yes) ++ ++AC_SUBST(AWK) ++ ++AC_CONFIG_FILES([ ++ Makefile ++ doc/Makefile ++ doc/goops/Makefile ++ doc/ref/Makefile ++]) ++ ++AC_OUTPUT ++ ++dnl Local Variables: ++dnl comment-start: "dnl " ++dnl comment-end: "" ++dnl comment-start-skip: "\\bdnl\\b\\s *" ++dnl End: +Index: sid-non-dfsg/doc/Makefile.am +=================================================================== +--- sid-non-dfsg.orig/doc/Makefile.am ++++ sid-non-dfsg/doc/Makefile.am +@@ -21,31 +21,13 @@ + + AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu + +-SUBDIRS = ref tutorial goops r5rs +- +-# pending the papers from Robert Merkel +-# man_MANS = guile.1 ++SUBDIRS = ref goops + + EXAMPLE_SMOB_FILES = \ + ChangeLog Makefile README image-type.c image-type.h myguile.c + +-OLDFMT = oldfmt.c +- + dist-hook: +- cp $(srcdir)/$(OLDFMT) $(distdir)/ + mkdir $(distdir)/example-smob + for f in $(EXAMPLE_SMOB_FILES); do \ + cp $(srcdir)/example-smob/$$f $(distdir)/example-smob/; \ + done +- +-EXTRA_DIST = groupings.alist # guile-api.alist +- +-# pending the papers from Robert Merkel +-# EXTRA_DIST = guile.1 +- +-if MAINTAINER_MODE +-include $(top_srcdir)/am/maintainer-dirs +-guile-api.alist: guile-api.alist-FORCE +- ( cd $(top_builddir) ; $(mscripts)/update-guile-api.alist ) +-guile-api.alist-FORCE: +-endif +Index: sid-non-dfsg/doc/ref/Makefile.am +=================================================================== +--- sid-non-dfsg.orig/doc/ref/Makefile.am ++++ sid-non-dfsg/doc/ref/Makefile.am +@@ -78,13 +78,8 @@ + + ETAGS_ARGS = $(info_TEXINFOS) $(guile_TEXINFOS) + +-include $(top_srcdir)/am/pre-inst-guile +- +-# Automated snarfing +- + autoconf.texi: autoconf-macros.texi + autoconf-macros.texi: $(top_srcdir)/guile-config/guile.m4 +- $(preinstguiletool)/snarf-guile-m4-docs $(top_srcdir)/guile-config/guile.m4 \ +- > $(srcdir)/$@ ++ guile-tools snarf-guile-m4-docs $< > $(srcdir)/$@ + + MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = autoconf-macros.texi